Home

User Guide - Bell Canada

1. 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live amp 3 To synchronize email contact and or Windows Live Messenger information do the following e Press Down Y to move the highlight to the field directly beneath the Live Search bar e Press Right or Left 4 until Sync appears YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES e Press Center Information is synchronized for any of the applications you selected during setup 4 To read your email do the following CHAPTER e With the same field highlighted press Right or Left 4 until Windows Live Hotmail appears Press Center C The Messaging application opens displaying your Windows Live Hotmail Inbox You can view send and work with messages in your Windows Live Hotmail account in the same way as with messages for any other account DID YOU KNOW You can also access your Windows Live Hotmail Inbox by opening the Messaging application and selecting your Windows Live Hotmail email account Tip You can set an option to have messages pushed to Windows Live Mail on your smartphone as they arrive on the server Open Windows Live press Menu right softkey and select Options Select Sync schedule select the Sync frequency list and then select As items arrive USING WINDOWS LIVE YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Using Windows Live Messenger BEFORE YOU BEGIN A UNa You must have an existing Wi
2. CHAPTER LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Locking your smartphone To protect your personal information you can lock the system so that you need to enter your password to access any of your information or use other features of your smartphone IMPORTANT If you lock your system you must enter the exact password to unlock it If you enter an incorrect password you are given another chance Each time an incorrect password is entered you are given progressively longer time periods between your chances to enter the password If you forget the password you need to perform a hard reset to resume using your smartphone Performing a hard reset deletes all the entries in your smartphone However you can restore all previously synchronized info the next time you sync see Synchronizing information 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Lock 3 On the Password tab check the Prompt if device unused for box to turn on the password feature 4 Select the first list and then select how long a period of inactivity must pass before you are prompted to enter a password to unlock the system 5 Select the Password type list and then select a format for your password Strong alphanumeric A strong alphanumeric password must contain at least seven characters and must contain a combination of letters numerals and punctuation Yo
3. amp My Oevre apakan Data EE all Corta Y DebugTonts BD Documents and Setters dy msc q My Documents tip To open additional files press Menu right softkey and select Open Select the file you want from the list or select Browse to navigate to and select the file 4 Press Down Y to scroll to the next page in Single Page mode or to scroll the display down in Continuous mode Press Up A to scroll to the preceding page or to scroll the display up 5 Tap any of the following to move around within the PDF file gt Move to the next page 4 Move to the previous page K Jump to the first page of the file di Jump to the last page of the file To open another file press Menu right softkey and select Open Select a recently opened file or select Browse and navigate to the file you want Pilise choose a recently opened fie ee Be Ir Srs ord AA PE a TA Chth Browse to then a aitiirertt Few e fe bab 254 ADOBE READER LE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS tip To go to a specific page press Tools left softkey and select Go To DID YOU KNOW If the file was created with bookmarks Adobe Reader LE displays the bookmarks pane on the left side of the screen Select a heading in the bookmarks pane to jump to that section DID YOU KNOW To view detailed information about the file you are viewing press Men
4. 10 Press Send left softkey 12 SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES Tip If you sync email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 SP2 or 2007 you can synchronize messages in subfolders you create In the Inbox press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Manage Folders Folders containing subfolders display a Select the to view the subfolders Check the box to the left of any subfolder you want to sync tip If you synchronize email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and you receive a message containing a link to a document on SharePoint or an internal file server you can view the document by selecting the link If you use desktop sync software to synchronize your smartphone with your computer messages in Outlook on your computer are transferred to your smartphone when you connect your computer and your smartphone see Synchronizing using the USB cable For all other types of accounts including ISP accounts and accounts you access using a VPN server YOUR EMAIL O connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN message retrieval depends on the option you chose from the Automatic Send Receive list during account setup see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Messaging application Common email providers or Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers as follows If you chose a time interval Your smartphone automatically checks for and dow
5. Attain type 13 Select the Account type list and then select POP3 or IMAP4 14 Press Next right softkey YOUR EMAIL O 15 Enter your account username and password CHAPTER 16 If you want your password entered automatically check the Save password box If you want to enter your password each time you access this account do not check this box DID YOU KNOW Checking the Save password box makes it easier to check your email because you don t have to enter your password each time Leaving the box unchecked keeps your email more secure because no one can download messages without entering your password tip If you found out from your system administrator that it is not OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone don t check the Save password box 17 Press Next right softkey 18 Enter the name of the outgoing SMTP mail server set whether the server requires authentication and set whether the server requires you to use your account and password to send email SETTING UP EMAIL 107 Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER E mall Setup Outgoing SMTP mall server A C Sutgang server requres suthertication g PASA NOSE 19 Select Advanced Server Settings set SSL requirements for incoming and outgoing email and select the type of connection to use for sending and receiving email E mal Setup a Advanced Server Settings O requre
6. Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Windows Update Welcome to Windows Update for Windows Mobile setup To help keep your mobile device protected and up to dte dik Next 3 On the Update Setup screen press Next right softkey TIP Select View privacy statement to read about how using Windows Update affects the personal information on your smartphone 4 Select whether you want to run Windows Update manually or you want it to check for updates automatically and press Next right softkey 5 If you selected automatic updates check the Use my data plan to check for and download updates box if you want to use your data plan instead of your basic wireless plan to update your smartphone Using your data plan means that updates may occur more frequently but may result in additional data charges Press Next right softkey 6 Press Finish left softkey If you selected Automatic in step 4 Windows Update periodically checks for and downloads updates automatically If you selected Manual in step 4 you can check for updates at any time by opening Windows Update and pressing Check Now left softkey To view detailed results of the last check for updates press Menu right softkey and select View details 300 SYSTEM SETTINGS Tip To switch between manual and automatic updates open Windows Update press Menu right softkey and select Change Schedu
7. Tip If you have set up a Windows Live account see Using Windows Live you can save the contact as a Windows Live contact A Windows Live contact synchronizes with your Windows Live contacts list but not with Microsoft Outlook on your computer 3 Use the 5 way navigator to move between fields as you enter information YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D Ttip Take some time to scroll down through all the fields in a new contact There are fields for multiple addresses phone numbers email addresses and much more TIP Be sure to enter mobile numbers and email addresses in the correct fields so that Messaging can find this info when you address a message and Calendar can find your contacts when you want to invite them to meetings Here are some helpful tips for entering info e To enter complete name or address work home or other information tap the arrow on the right side of the line and enter the information in the box that appears When finished tap outside the box to accept the information and close the box To add a caller ID picture that is displayed when that person calls select Picture and then select Camera and take a picture or select an existing picture from Thumbnail View To assign a ringtone to the entry select Ring tone and select a tone CHAPTER CONTACTS D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER e To assign the entry to one or more categories select
8. Desktop sync software and Windows Media Player Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Synchronizing Windows Media Player library files WHAT CAN SYNCHRONIZE SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION Info type Method CHAPTER Where to learn more and video files that are not in your Windows Music picture Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync transferred to an expansion card Media Player Synchronizing Windows Media Player Mobile library library files Windows Vista Outlook Notes Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Files to be Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Changing which applications sync Setting up your computer for synchronization operating system you use Your smartphone will automatically install the appropriate software for your system System requirements Before you can synchronize with your computer you must have the current version of the desktop sync software installed The sync software you use depends on the type of Windows Your computer must meet the following minimum system requirements e Windows XP Service Pack 2 or Windows Vista later versions may also be supported e 32MB of available memory RAM
9. Name Sam Pull Address 1123 Company CA f tompa Company Inc Tohre 1 555 555 8795 Emal samblcormperny com identico ate Opa Select the Notes tab and enter any additional text you want to include Select the Options tab and check the boxes to indicate which info if any you want to appear on the screen when you turn on your smartphone Press OK E Tip You can also display your Owner Information on your Today screen See Selecting which items appear on your Today screen for details LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER System settings Setting the date and time Use Clock amp Alarms Settings to set the time zone time and date for your home location and a location that you visit To set the display format for the date and time see Setting display formats Press Start fr and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms 3 On the Time tab select Home 12 3 30 2008 Visiting A O 4 Select the first list and then select the time zone for your home location 5 Select the hour and press Up 4 or Down Y to increase or decrease the hour setting Repeat this process for the minute seconds and AM PM settings 6 Select the month and press Up A or Down Y to increase or decrease the month setting Repeat this process for the date and yea
10. The following features are not supported in Word Mobile e Backgrounds e Bidirectional text e Document protection e Metafiles e Artistic page borders Lined page borders are supported e Password protected files Remove password protection on your computer before opening the file on your smartphone e Shapes and text boxes e Smart tags The following features are partially supported in Word Mobile Picture bullets Regular bullets are supported Revision marks Documents appear as though all revisions were accepted if the document is saved revision marks are lost Table styles Some or all of the formatting is lost if the document is saved Underline styles Unsupported styles are mapped to one of the four supported styles regular dotted wavy or thick bold wide Legacy Pocket Word files You can open PSW files but if you edit a file you need to save it in DOC RTF TXT or DOT format The following features are not supported on your smartphone but they remain in the file so that when you open the file on your computer they appear as expected Fonts and font sizes Original fonts are listed on your smartphone and are mapped to the closest font available Footnotes endnotes headers and footers 232 WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Lists Indented lists are mapped to the closest indentation level supported by Word Mobile Page breaks Altho
11. When your smartphone is on see Turning your smartphone on off the onscreen battery icon on the Today screen displays the charging status Solid lightning bolt The battery is being charged E Filled battery The battery is fully charged and can be disconnected from the charging source E Partly filled battery The shading Indicator light indicates approximately how much power the battery has 4 Check the indicator light to confirm that cat Exclamation point Charge the your smartphone is being charged battery immediately Solid red Your smartphone is being charged 22 CHARGING THE BATTERY DID YOU KNOW If the battery is low the indicator light flashes red Tip Tap the battery icon to see how much power the battery has Contacts Internet Battery icon Tip To go to the Today screen so you can view the battery icon press End if you are not ona phone call If you re on a call press Start and select Today Maximizing battery life SETTING UP O CHAPTER Battery life depends on how you use your smartphone You can maximize the life of your battery by following a few easy guidelines Charge your smartphone whenever you re at your desk or charge it overnight each day The battery in your smartphone has a much longer useful ife when it is topped off frequently versus when it is charged after it is fully drained eep your battery charged If your battery becomes fully drained fo
12. 6 Enter the server name 7 If your server requires authentication check the box and enter your username and password 8 Optional Check the Check name against this server box to enable this directory service 9 Select OK tip To delete a directory service highlight it press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Delete Using an online address book You can access contact information such as an email address or phone number from your organization s online address book or GAL To access a GAL make sure you are accessing either Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service YOUR EMAIL O Pack 2 This feature is useful only if you know the exact name as it appears in the directory CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can use the Global Address List to find a contact In Contacts press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory When sending a meeting request select Attendees press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory BEFORE YOU BEGIN Add access to an online address book to your smartphone see Adding an online address book 1 Inanew message select the To field 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Add Recipient 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory 4 Enter the contact name as it appears in the directory and press Search left softkey You must spell the contact name correctly WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 17
13. NOTE If you encounter a problem with a third party application Such as an error message contact the application s vendor For general troubleshooting of third party applications see Third party applications DID YOU KNOW You can purchase a third party application that lets you run Palm OS by ACCESS applications on your smartphone Installing applications from the Internet You can use Internet Explorer Mobile to install Windows Mobile apps in the CAB file format directly from the Internet For files in the ZIP file format you must unzip the files in File Explorer or on your computer before you install them For files in any format other than CAB or ZIP you must first download the files to your computer and then install them to your smartphone by synchronizing BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your phone is on and that you are in a coverage area see Turning your phone on INSTALLING APPLICATIONS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS O a W e lt 1 Press Start 4 and select Internet desktop sync software on your computer Explorer see Installing Desktop Sync Software 2 Go to the page that contains the link to Windows XP and Windows Vista the application you want to download 3 Highlight the link to the file and then press Center to start the download process 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer to synchronize and install the application s on your smartpho
14. NOTE Microsoft Office Outlook email can synchronize with only one computer Changing which 4 Do any of the following appl ications sync e Check the box next to any items you want to synchronize If you cannot check a box you might have to You must select sync options if you want to uncheck a box for the same synchronize notes pictures and other information type elsewhere in the list types of files e Uncheck the box next to any items 1 Press Start and select Programs you want to stop synchronizing 2 Select ActiveSync TIP To end the sync relationship between your smartphone and a computer so that items are no longer synchronized with that computer select the computer name on the ActiveSync screen on your smartphone and then select Delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 96 CHANGING WHICH APPLICATIONS SYNC e Highlight an item and select Settings to customize the settings for that item Settings are not available for all items NOTE If you cannot check or uncheck a box because it is disabled try doing so from ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center on your computer For detailed information on synchronizing Word documents Excel spreadsheets and PowerPoint presentations see Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files For detailed information on synchronizing pictures videos and music files see Synchronizing your pictures videos and music For
15. SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER e 170MB of free hard disk space e Available USB port e USB cable included with your smartphone e Adobe Flash Player required to run the installation program tip If you do not have Adobe Flash Player on your computer you can download it for free from adobe com Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista The first time you connect your smartphone to your computer your smartphone is in Setup Mode and automatically starts the process of setting up your computer to synchronize with your smartphone If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center On your smartphone the sync application is called ActiveSync The smartphone setup program recognizes whether you have a Windows XP or Windows Vista computer and automatically directs you to install the correct software BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources available before you can install the software e Verify that your smartphone is in Setup mode If it is in Sync mode you need to switch it back to Setup mode see Switching between setup mode and sync mode
16. 2 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES On the message compose screen press Menu right softkey and select Slides gt Organize Slides CHAPTER Organize Sides 3 gt M3 gt Insert Do any of the following Move a slide Highlight the slide press Menu right softkey and select Move Forward or Move Backward Change display time for slides Tap a black arrow beneath a slide to increase or decrease the duration The minimum duration is two seconds Insert slides Press Insert left softkey Remove slides Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Press OK 4 SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES 139 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES oc e E a lt q R A z Setting options for an outgoing 6 Select the message priority High multimedia message Normal or Low You can set send options for a single O E multimedia message You can also set Tip To set the priority option you select as the options for all multimedia messages you default for all outgoing multimedia messages send and receive see Customizing settings press Menu right softkey and select Set as default To restore the original default _ settings press Menu right softkey and Press Messaging select Restore factory default 2 Select SMS MMS 3 Press Menu right softkey and select 7 Press Done left softkey New gt Video Message or Pic
17. 6 Press Play left softkey See the next page for playback controls 7 Press Menu right softkey and select any of the following during playback Library Displays the Library screen so you can select a different song to play Shuffle Repeat gt Shuffle Plays the Now Playing playlist in random order A checkmark appears next to this command when it is on Shuffle Repeat gt Repeat Plays the Now Playing playlist repeatedly A checkmark appears next to this command when it is on Stop Ends playback Playback controls Use any of the following onscreen controls during playback or Center plays the current file or Center pauses the current file or Left 4 skips to the beginning of the current file or to the previous file or Right skips to the next file amp sets the point from which playback begins Tap and drag the slider to change the current position or Volume button increases the volume level or Volume button decreases the volume level FE turns the sound on or off displays a video using the full screen displays a website where you can find music and videos to play kt indicates the rating of the current file Select the star to change the rating WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE DID YOU KNOW You can play streaming files from the web To play an MMS Microsoft Media Streaming file press Menu on the Library screen and select Open URL Select URL and
18. After you ve finished setting up your smartphone we recommend that you set up a synchronization method to get the most out of your smartphone Synchronizing means that information that you enter or update in one place your smartphone your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other see Synchronizing information USING THE MY TREO APPLICATION 25 O SETTING UP CHAPTER 26 SETTING UP SYNCHRONIZATION CHAPTER 3 Moving around on your smartphone Have you ever been to a new city and felt a bit lost until you figured out the streets Learning to move around on your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm is a similar experience Most applications that work on your smartphone use the same set of controls So once you learn how to use these controls you ll be driving all over town and you won t even need a map Benefits e Quickly move around and e Access extra features with menus complete tasks in applications e Find and open applications quickly using one thumb on the 5 way navigator In this chapter Navigating anrcundithe SCE 2 acco ccespecuvsuuspeunedenes 29 Vsingitheskeyhoard aer an rate eer ie O eat ere S5 peningancdiclosingrdpplicationS A anna are ere 39 USING WOU IOC SCRE aA tc E aoe 42 Navigating around the screen To navigate around the smartphone screen you can use the 5 way navigator or you can tap items on the screen with the stylus As you become familiar
19. If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it see Reinstalling the desktop software My video and music files won t sync 1 Make sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer 2 Reinstall the desktop sync software see Reinstalling the desktop software Media file synchronization fails if you installed the desktop sync software before you installed Windows Media Player My appointments show up in the wrong time slot after sync 1 Make sure that you installed the desktop sync software that came with your smartphone If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it see Reinstalling the desktop software TROUBLESHOOTING D Open Microsoft Office Outlook and correct the wrong entries CHAPTER Manually enter any information you added to your smartphone since the last time you synchronized Synchronize your smartphone and your computer My scheduled sync doesn t work By default a scheduled sync does not work while you are roaming This is to prevent roaming charges on your account If roaming charges are not a concern follow these steps to continue your sync schedule while roaming 1 2 3 Press Start and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey and select Schedule Check the Use above setting when roaming box Press OK E SYNCHRONIZATION 623 D TROUBL
20. computer The shortcut menu options vary based on the 1 Highlight t menu you highlighted selection he item whose shortcut want to see NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN 33 O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE 2 Press and hold Center to open the with a downward pointing arrow a list is shortcut menu available Lists are different from the menus described earlier in this section CHAPTER Beam Appointment Delete Appointment Subt Location Reply ar E Go to Today sws 9 30 08 12 00 PM Go to Date ent 9 30 08 1 00 PM Edit ADe No fools Dears Once Hamr Remind me 15 _ minute s tawone No categories apparement Howes yew Biter Pine vie Baerootly x tip You can also tap and hold the stylus on an item to open the shortcut menu 3 Press Up A or Down Y to highlight a menu item 4 Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 to cancel your selection aonne Nea Selecting options in a list O A Lists enable you to select from a range of options You can identify whether a list is available when you select a field If a rectangle appears around the field along 34 NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER To select from a list do any of the Usi ng the keyboard following e Use the 5 way to highlight the field and then press Center to display the items in the list Press Up 4 or Down
21. irectory services 116 117 123 211 Disable touchscreen option 291 Disconnect Bluetooth command 95 disconnecting from Wi Fi d d d networks 170 iscovering trusted devices 124 177 isk space 352 See also memory isplay formats 283 Display message on screen option 282 display names email 103 106 display options web 156 display settings screen 282 displaying alternate characters 37 animated images 199 application menus 33 34 appointments 43 213 214 calendar 212 contact info 135 142 211 current connection 301 events 214 217 folder contents 260 memory usage 297 notifications 282 on device help 13 PDF documents 253 pictures 194 195 252 power settings 298 service provider 43 space on expansion cards 271 298 speed dial numbers 63 tasks 221 222 unread messages 43 48 videos 195 voicemail messages 54 web favorites 158 web pages 155 156 157 wireless settings 299 disposal information 2 document file types 231 237 documentation 11 13 47 documents See also Word Mobile application creating 232 233 deleting 237 finding and replacing text in 234 moving or copying text in 234 opening 233 renaming 237 saving 232 233 235 237 setting margins for 236 spell checking 236 documents list 237 Domain Enroll settings 303 Download messages option 127 Download size limit option 92 125 Download Size Settings screen 128 INDEX downloading Adobe Flash Player 84 application
22. Check this box if you re connecting to another device Enter the following settings and press Next right softkey Configure Network Authentication y par E Dita Err ya Wer C The key 5 automatica provided Network hey Key rek i X Authentication Sets the method used to identify devices that connect to the network e Open Indicates that the network uses open authentication e Shared Indicates that the network uses shared authentication e WPA Indicates that the network is a WPA network that uses 802 1x protocols e WPA PSK Indicates that the network is a WPA network that requires a password that is shared between the network and your smartphone This password is also known as a preshared key PSK e WPA2 Indicates that the network provides government grade security with an AES encryption algorithm e WPA2 PSK Indicates that the network is a WPA2 network that requires a preshared key passwora 169 CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O CHAPTER Data Encryption Sets the encryption 4 Enter the following settings and press method The options in this list vary Finish right softkey based on your Authentication setting e Disabled Turns data encryption off Contare Network M tieticalor 0 e WEP Turns on the Wired Equivalent a S Privacy encryption method E e TKIP Turns on the Temporal Key c Integrity Protocol en
23. Press Menu right softkey and select Options Set any of the following options Set reminders for new items Automatically adds a reminder to new tasks The default reminder is set to CHAPTER 8 00 on the morning the task is due You can override this setting for individual tasks by using the Reminder field on the task entry screen TASKS 221 D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Show start and due dates Displays task start and due dates in the Tasks list Show Tasks entry bar Displays the Tasks entry bar at the top of the Tasks list 4 Press OK Notes Notes are a great way to capture thoughts questions and meeting notes on your smartphone You can also create a voice note or add a recording to an existing note BEFORE YOU BEGIN On a Windows XP computer to take advantage of all the sync features available in the Notes application install ActiveSync desktop software from your smartphone see Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista Creating a note 1 Press Start 4 and select Programs 2 Select Notes M 3 Press New left softkey Do one of the following e Type the text by using the keyboard e If you turned on writing mode see Customizing Notes write the text with the stylus e Press Menu right softkey select Draw and draw a sketch with the stylus crossing at least three ruled lines 5
24. USB hubs 85 320 USB ports 85 321 Use network time zone option 295 User Guide 12 25 usernames 336 Vv vCal attachments 327 vCalendar attachments 134 138 219 vCard attachments 134 138 S27 Vibrate when check boxes 71 282 vibrating alarm 281 282 video albums 195 video controls 192 video files 136 195 323 video icon 191 Video Message command 136 140 145 Video mode 188 videos adding web links to 157 deleting 198 downloading 199 organizing 196 playing 199 recording 191 192 renaming 198 sending 137 195 196 setting options for 191 205 setting resolution for 329 setting ringtones for 187 storing 191 synchronizing 185 187 transferring to expansion cards 200 viewing 195 View All Calls command 60 viewing alternate characters 37 animated images 199 application menus 33 34 appointments 43 213 214 calendar 212 contact info 135 142 211 current connection 301 events 214 217 folder contents 260 memory usage 297 notifications 282 on device help 13 PDF documents 253 pictures 194 195 252 382 INDEX power settings 298 service provider 43 space on expansion cards 271 298 speed dial numbers 63 tasks 221 222 unread messages 43 48 videos 195 voicemail messages 54 web favorites 158 web pages 155 156 157 wireless settings 299 virtual private networks See VPN connections Vista operating systems See Windows Vista computers voice calls 63 voi
25. YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER your smartphone Main memory or on an expansion card Storage card The Storage card option appears only if you have an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone 9 Select Save TIP To create a new template open the document you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Rename Move Select Name and enter a name for the template Select Folder and then select Templates Press OK Finding or replacing text in a document 1 Open the document containing the text you want to find 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Find Replace 3 Select Find what and enter the text you want to find 4 Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in the text you entered step 3 5 Optional Check the Match whole words only box to find only full words that match the text you entered in step 3 Select Find to locate the first instance of the text you entered in step 3 or select Replace and enter the replacement text Select Next to find the next instance of the text or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the text select Replace All When you see a message indicating that the search is done press OK l Moving or copying text 1 Open the document containing the text you want to move or copy Highlight the text you want to
26. 310 searching for 259 260 sharing 265 sorting 247 storing 268 331 transferring from previous devices 307 updating 79 infrared port See IR port infrared transmissions 95 334 Input icon 288 input options 36 225 288 Input screen 288 289 inserting expansion cards 268 installation troubleshooting 309 330 installing applications 261 264 330 331 sync software 80 84 VPN clients 301 302 instant messaging applications 146 330 internal memory See memory Internet 301 316 See also web browsing Internet Connection Speed option 205 Internet email accounts 101 106 113 Internet Explorer Mobile browsing with 155 160 closing 156 customizing 160 162 installing from 262 scrolling in 30 starting 156 366 INDEX unsupported elements for 328 nternet Service Providers See ISPs nternet Sharing 178 nternet Sharing icon 179 P based push updating 89 R connections 267 R port 95 266 334 SP settings 301 SPs Internet Service Providers 101 301 326 tems tab 279 J Java applets 155 Java applications 264 K keyboard accessing alternate characters on 38 dialing from 49 50 51 entering information from 36 38 289 locking 290 291 looking up contacts on 50 resizing keys 288 scrolling with 30 selecting menu items with 33 sending email and 119 setting key combinations for 285 troubleshooting 331 keyboard backlight 36 299 keyboard icon 36 keyboard specifications 350 eyguard 290 291 eyg
27. Calendar Ever E 12 20 Subject Birthday Chris Locaton Starts All day recurring Ends All day recurring Al Day Yes dus Reminder Remind me 5 day s Categories NO catex ories a Tea masa Se Menu 1 Number of time units 2 Type of time units 5 Press OK L Creating an untimed event An untimed event such as a birthday anniversary or vacation does not occur at a particular time of day These events appear as banners at the top of your calendar they don t occupy blocks of time For example Submit Final Draft in the following illustration is an untimed event DID YOU KNOW An untimed event can last longer than a day 214 CALENDAR 1 Press Calendar 2 Press Menu right softkey and select New Appointment Enter a subject description 3 4 Select the starting and ending dates 5 Select All Day and then select Yes 6 Press OK Scheduling a repeating appointment 1 Create an appointment or untimed event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Occurs and then select a repeat pattern To create a repeat pattern select Edit pattern and follow the onscreen instructions YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D CHAPTER Tip To enter a birthday or an anniversary create an untimed event that repeats every year 4 Press OK Sending a meeting request You can e
28. Highlight the device with which you want to connect and press Next right softkey If the device you want does not appear select Refresh If prompted enter a passkey between 1 and 16 digits long and press Next right softkey For some headsets the passkey is entered automatically If you are not prompted for a passkey skip to step 10 IMPORTANT Some hands free devices have a predefined passkey If your hands free device has a predefined passkey you can find it in the documentation for that device Other devices provide a screen where you enter 68 USING A PHONE HEADSET a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your smartphone and your hands free device We recommend that you use a passkey of 16 digits where possible to improve the security of your smartphone The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered 9 If the passkey is not predefined enter the same passkey on the other Bluetooth device and press Finish right softkey 10 Optional Press Advanced right softkey and make sure that the Hands Free box is checked Press Save right softkey 11 Press Done left softkey 12 Press OK 3 You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters
29. Internet boxes 5 Select Proxy server and enter the proxy server name 6 Press OK TIP To change settings such as the port number proxy server type or credentials select Advanced Ending a data connection If your service plan includes minutes of use fees for data connections you can reduce costs by ending the data connection when you ve finished browsing the web CONNECTION SETTINGS 1 On the Today screen press Down Y to select your wireless service provider name and then press Center Q 2 Select Data Connection Enrolling a domain If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager you may need to use the Domain Enroll settings to register your smartphone within your company s network IMPORTANT After you enroll your smartphone in your company s network your system administrator can turn various features on your smartphone on and off If YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER a feature such as the camera or messaging worked previously and this feature no longer works after enrollment contact your system administrator to find out if this feature is disabled on your smartphone 1 2 Press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Domain Enroll 9 Press Enroll right softkey Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the enrollment process CONNECTION SETTINGS 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CH
30. Music and Video 6 Select X new pictures video clips are available for import YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O To synchronize pictures videos and music files that originate on your computer use Windows Media Player see Synchronizing Windows Media Player library files Camera Your smartphone comes with an easy to use built in 2 megapixel camera with up to 8x digital zoom You can use the camera to take and view pictures and videos and send them to your friends and family To add a personal touch to your smartphone use your pictures as your Today screen background and as caller ID images or use your videos to create video ringtones You can receive and view pictures and videos and send pictures and videos as attachments or multimedia messages see Sending a picture or video Or add a picture to a contact see Adding a contact You can also move pictures and videos to a computer by synchronizing your smartphone with your computer CHAPTER CAMERA O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Selecting camera modes By default the camera on your smartphone is in picture mode to capture standard still images see Taking a picture You can change modes to any of the following EJ Video Captures video clips MMS video Captures video clips suitable for sending as attachments to multimedia messages re Contacts picture Captures still images and immediately gives you the option to assign t
31. Organizing pictures and videos You can move or copy pictures and videos to other folders or between your smartphone and an expansion card 1 Highlight the picture or video you want to move or copy 2 Do one of the following Move the picture or video Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Cut Copy the picture or video Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Copy PICTURES amp VIDEOS Tip To create a new location for storing the picture or video press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt New Folder 3 Tap the Show list in the upper left corner and select the location where you want to place the picture or video 4 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Paste You can also view a specific folder or expansion card and arrange the pictures and videos by name date or size 1 Tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select the folder you want to view 2 Tap the Sort By list in the upperright corner and select the sort method Name Date or Size Using a picture as the Today screen background 1 Highlight the picture you want to use 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Set as Today Background 3 Select the Transparency level list and select the appropriate level Use a higher percentage for a more 4 YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O transparent picture and a lower percentage for a more opaque picture Press OK View CHAPTER to retu
32. Pro Smartphone by Palm helps you easily set up wireless connections to a number of devices You can also use your smartphone to connect your computer to the Internet and to share contacts or your favorite photos Or use the Wi Fi feature to connect to a public work or home network Benefits e Carry the web with you e Connect your computer to the Enjoy cable free connectivity Internet through your smartphone Connect to Bluetooth headsets e Choose the method of connecting and car kits to the Internet that s most convenient for you In this chapter BONS Dine e o com steed A tnt hed alate Gras AO 55 Getting online travel information and tools 163 CONNECTION NE eee crea eeeennesene cease 164 Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology 174 Usma VOUT COWNGE ES GLNMOGININ soon oro os a 178 eMe soa econ p ess aes e an eer aaawan Men aaeee ane 178 Wireless MO den creer eco ee O ge 180 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O Browsing the web Internet Explorer Mobile provides quick and easy access to web pages You can view most sites on your smartphone that you can view on your computer including those with security and advanced features such as JavaScript and frames Internet Explorer Mobile supports JavaScript Secure Sockets Layer SSL cookies and the Flash plug in but does not support other plug ins Shockwave VBScript WML script and so on or Java apple
33. Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER tip When you sync with Outlook on your computer disable your online address books to avoid errors Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select Address select each online address book and uncheck the Check name against this server box Be sure to turn this option back on if you synchronize other email accounts Finding messages You can find messages containing a specific word or phrase The find feature searches names email addresses and subject lines 1 2 Press Messaging Select the account containing the message you want to find Begin typing the word or phrase you want to find This can appear in any of the address fields or the subject field The list display changes to show only those messages containing the letters you have entered Continue entering letters to narrow the display until the message you want appears Select the message to open it DID YOU KNOW If you synchronize with Microsoft Outlook 2007 you can also find messages stored on your mail server Replying to a message 1 wo Open the message to which you want to reply Press Reply left softkey Enter any text you want to add Optional Select Edit sender s message to edit the original sender s message text that you include in your reply Press Send left softkey DID YOU KNOW If you reply to a message sent as HTML the reply is sent in HTML also
34. Select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey and select Add Server Source Enter the email address you use to access email from your corporate Exchange server Check the box to have the setup process get your Exchange server settings from the Internet Press Next right softkey Enter the username and password you use to access your corporate mail server and enter the Exchange server domain SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION ActiveSync EvA E EVY User Information User name ps User E Y save password required for automatic sync Password Doman Back es Next NOTE You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure that Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless you need them For info on how to enter characters see Entering lowercase and uppercase letters and Entering numbers punctuation and symbols tip The Exchange server settings are case sensitive Be sure to enter uppercase and lowercase letters properly 7 Check the Save password box 8 9 SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER tip If you found out from your system administrator that it is not OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone don t check the Save password box you must synchronize manually see Initiating a wireless sync manually Press Next right softkey If prompted enter the server address Check the This server requires an encrypted SSL
35. Setting Your Long Distance Dialing Preferences Dialing preferences let you assign a prefix to your phone numbers You can add a different prefix based on the length of the phone number 1 2 3 Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Phone Select the Services tab and then select Plus Code Dialing from the list Settings EVB E ATAN North American dialing Enable Disable International dialing code Select Get Settings Select Enable to automatically add an international dialing prefix to long distance numbers When you dial an international number begin with plus character when you place the call the is replaced by the number in the International dialing code field The default is 011 You can change this to another number 74 CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 6 If you travel outside North America and service is available do either of the following e Change the prefix in the International dialing code field based on your current location e Select Disable and enter the correct international dialing code manually when you make a call 7 Optional Sele ct Reset to reset the International dialing code field to 011 8 Press OK Settings 9 Press OK to return to Phone to finish Setting your phone to automatically answer calls 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab
36. Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices such as portable music players and cellular telephones at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise induced hearing loss This includes the use of headphones including headsets earbuds and Bluetooth or other wireless devices Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus a ringing in the ear hypersensitivity to sound and distorted hearing Individual susceptibility to noise induced hearing loss and other potential hearing problems varies The amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound the device the device settings and the headphones You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device e Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest volume at which you can hear adequately e When using headphones turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to e Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment use noise canceling headphones to block out background environmental noise e Limit the amount of time you listen As the volume increases less time is required before your hearing could be affected REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFO
37. Today Phone includes Speed Dial and Keypad Messaging text multimedia and email Internet Explorer Mobile web browser Camera Pictures amp Videos Windows Media Player Mobile File Explorer Contacts Calendar Tasks Notes SPECIFICATIONS Included software e OneNote continued Task Manager e Calculator ActiveSync e Microsoft Office Excel Mobile e Microsoft Office Word Mobile e Microsoft Office PowerPoint Mobile e Adobe Reader LE e Voice Command e Quick Tour e Search e Remote Desktop Mobile e Wireless Modem not available from all wireless service providers e Java not available from all wireless service providers e Windows Live not available from all wireless service providers e Windows Live Messenger not available from all wireless service providers e Sprite Backup SPECIFICATIONS 651 System requirements for sync with desktop sync software using USB cable Windows XP or Vista later versions may also be supported 170MB of free hard disk space Available USB port Operating and storage temperature range 0 C to 50 C 32 F to 122 F 5 to 90 RH 652 SPECIFICATIONS Index SYMBOLS on battery icon 22 NUMERICS 112 calls 52 290 1st day of week option 218 1X icon 65 1xRTT data connections 65 3G networks 57 5 way navigator 29 31 331 911 calls 52 290 999 calls 52 290 A accented charac
38. Treo Setup If necessary double click setup exe On your computer select Install syne software on your PC and follow the instructions that appear on both your computer and your device After installation completes the Setup window prompts you to start the sync process To proceed with syncing and switch your smartphone from Setup to CHAPTER SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER Sync mode click Syne your PC and Treo Otherwise disconnect your smartphone from your computer and sync later by simply reconnecting them NOTE During the software installation you can select an option to synchronize email contacts calendar events and tasks directly with your information stored on a server running Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 If you choose this option you are prompted to enter your mail server address and domain name and your Exchange server account username and password Switching between setup mode and sync mode The first time you connect your smartphone to your computer your smartphone is in setup mode and automatically starts the process of setting up your computer to synchronize with your smartphone When you complete the setup process and perform the first sync the connection switches from setup mode to sync mode In sync mode your smartphone synchronizes with your computer every
39. and columns 1 2 3 4 Open the workbook you want Highlight the area where you want to insert elements Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Cells Select how you want to insert the elements Shift cells right Inserts the same number of new cells as the number of cells you highlighted horizontally in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells horizontally A1 and B1 selecting Shift cells right inserts two horizontal cells so the original A1 and B1 and their contents are now C1 and D1 The highlighted area and all cells on the right move the same EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS number of columns two in this example to the right Shift cells down Inserts the same number of new cells as the number of cells you highlighted vertically in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells vertically A1 and A2 selecting Shift cells down inserts two vertical cells so the original A1 and A2 and their contents are now A3 and A4 The highlighted area and all cells below it move the same number of rows two in this example down Entire row Inserts the same number of new rows as the number of cells you highlighted vertically in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells vertically A1 and A2 selecting Entire row inserts two rows so the original rows 1 and 2 and their contents are now row
40. and select Programs 3 Select File Explorer 4 Tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select My Device 5 Highlight the current expansion card name Storage Card by default 6 Press Menu right softkey and select Rename 7 Enter a new name for the card Press OK Encrypting an expansion card When you encrypt an expansion card the info on the card can be read only by your smartphone so no one can see what s on the card if it gets lost or stolen 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Encryption 4 Check the Encrypt files when placed on a storage card box NOTE If your organization enforces an encryption policy you can see that the box is checked but you cannot uncheck it Accessing information ona remote computer Remote Desktop Mobile is a technology that allows you to use your smartphone to connect to a remote computer in a different location through the internet 272 ACCESSING INFORMATION ON A REMOTE COMPUTER YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS O using a data or Wi Fi connection For example you can connect to your work computer and have access to all of your applications files and network resources as though you were in front of your computer at work You can leave applications running at work and then see your work computer s desktop displ
41. email messages 112 files 270 notes 224 225 289 passwords 103 105 phone numbers 57 58 web links 331 workbooks 239 241 250 Schedule command 93 Schedule screen 93 scheduled syncs troubleshooting 323 326 schedules See calendar scheduling synchronization 92 93 screen activating items on 32 adjusting brightness 282 adjusting display 282 aligning 284 caring for 17 changing color themes for 279 285 conserving battery and 24 disabling touch sensitivity for 290 fitting web pages to 156 highlighting items on 29 31 32 locking 291 scrolling in 29 30 290 selecting items on 30 32 setting backgrounds for 197 279 troubleshooting 284 313 turning on or off 47 48 298 333 waking up 48 56 screen fonts 283 Screen icon 283 284 screen resolution 350 screen saver 48 screen specifications 350 Screen view 284 screen locked icon 64 screens returning to previous 31 screensavers 199 scroll arrows 30 scroll bar 30 Scroll upon reaching the last line option 290 scrolling device screen 29 30 290 spreadsheets 242 web pages 157 SD expansion cards 268 Search dialog box 259 Search for list 260 Search icon 259 search results list 260 Search softkey 260 searching contacts 50 210 211 documents 234 email messages 118 259 PDF files 255 spreadsheets 248 web addresses 43 web pages 146 155 searching for files 259 261 searching for information 259 260 searching for signal 24 INDEX secure networks 165 167 Se
42. select Buttons d lt Sbst Menu gt lt Oe Close gt mogan tamra 3 On the Program Buttons tab highlight the button or key combination you want to change in the Button list The hardware buttons are mapped to the following items Start 4 Start menu OK OK Close Option 3 Phone Send Internet Explorer Option B Start File Explorer Option OK Task Manager Option 8 Calendar FE Calculator Option Messaging Hold Side Camera px Tasks 4 Select the Assign a program list and then select the application you want to assign to the button or key combination you selected 5 Select the Up Down Control tab and adjust the settings for the Up amp and Down Y buttons on the 5 way 6 Press OK 63 Setting up voice commands IMPORTANT The Voice Command application is available only for English French and German Voice commands enable you to use speech to execute some commands on the Start menu and the Programs screen 1 Assign the Hold Side button to Voice Command See Reassigning buttons for details 2 Press Start 7 and select Settings 286 APPLICATION SETTINGS 3 On the Personal tab select Voice Command 2 Y Enabled _ Password Protected Checked tems ae voce enable 4 Check the Enabled box 5 Select the items y
43. select Phone 3 Select the More tab Tip On the Phone settings screen press Down on the 5 way to move the highlight to the tab area and then press Right until the More tab appears 4 Check the Headset box and select the YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER number of rings in the Answer incoming calls without pressing Talk after X rings list pr n mina Calls witht pressing i Talk otter E ri as Fe 5 Press OK Adding contact numbers from new callers By default you are prompted to add contact entries for numbers that are not already in your Contacts list You can turn this feature on or off 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS G5 O YOUR PH CHAPTER ONE 3 Select the Advanced tab and check or uncheck the Add new phone number to Contacts at end of call box recam ome ga 1a ight mew Nea you heck a Add new phone number m Contacte st ord of cal Serpent Mere atest 4 Press OK Setting options for rejecting a call By call cha default when you reject an incoming the caller is sent to voicemail You can nge this setting so that in addition to sending the caller to voicemail a text me de ssage opens This message contains ault text and is addressed to the caller so that you can send the message right away You can also chan
44. using the keyboard Capitalize first letter of sentence Specifies whether the first letter of a sentence automatically appears in APPLICATION SETTINGS 289 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER uppercase without requiring you to press a Shift key Scroll upon reaching the last line Specifies whether the display automatically scrolls when you select the last line of visible info 6 Press OK Locking your smartphone and info Your smartphone includes several features that help you protect it from inadvertent use and keep your information private The security software lets you use your smartphone for emergency calls such as dialing your national emergency number such as 911 112 or 999 even if it is locked Keyguard Manually disables all buttons and the screen s touch sensitive feature to prevent accidental presses Auto Keyguard and touchscreen lockout Automatically enables Keyguard after a period of inactivity and lets you disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during an active call System password lock Requires a password to see any information on your smartphone TIP To avoid accidentally pressing onscreen buttons while you re holding your smartphone up to your ear to speak you can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during active calls When the screen s touch sensitive feature is disabled you must use the 5 way navigator to access items on the
45. 0 0000 c eee eens 131 Sending and receiving text and multimedia Messages o o ooooooo o 33 Setting message preferences 2 0 0 eee 45 Using Windowsllive Mota atorrante 46 Chapter 8 Your connections to the web and wireless deviceS 153 Browsing the WED seno earnen ae etc 55 Getting online travel information and tools nananana saaana nanara arana 163 G CONTENTS Connecting to a Wi Fi network 0 0 02 eee 164 Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology 174 Using your device asa Mode Meen coco a a ace Ee aed 178 INtermMet Sharing eee tacca cus ana rr erre 178 Wireless Modem nsi o28 2h2c chaehdvage rodadas cado a dy pda 180 Chapter 9 Your photos videos and MUSIC ioviomomisrrrrorirrirar card 183 Synchronizing your pictures videos and music 000000 eee 185 CAMETa saboreando idad Gada ae tte 187 Pictures VIdS S cian tad halo so 194 Windows Media Player Mobile 0 0 0 0 0 0 eee ee 199 Chapter 10 Your personal information organizer 0020200 cece eee 207 ContaciS 4 ere beeran ereit kese Hew kegs boa Pee eee de wes See ee ew ed 209 A ten tpetinnance dude nee ae a ibevie a aA a Dab legates Sie Som aces Goo EEn 212 TASKS sans nto a eee eee PS aan wee ee kd ee eae 219 NOTES oir decane a EANNA EEA y eaten G TEE oa 222 Chapter 11 Your Microsoft Office and other document tools 227 Synchronizing your Microsoft
46. 285 6 781 824 6 781 575 6 766 490 6 745 047 6 744 451 6 738 852 6 732 105 6 724 720 6 721 892 6 712 638 6 708 280 6 697 639 6 687 839 6 685 328 6 665 803 6 618 044 6 590 588 6 539 476 6 532 148 6 523 124 6 519 141 6 516 202 6 490 155 6 480 146 6 457 134 6 456 247 6 442 637 6 441 824 6 437 543 6 429 625 6 425 087 6 389 572 6 388 877 6 381 650 6 363 082 6 344 848 6 317 085 6 241 537 6 222 857 6 185 423 6 147 314 6 115 248 6 064 342 7 356 361 D421 251 D429 252 D466 128 D478 091 Patent pending This product also is licensed under United States patent 6 058 304 Palm Take Back and Recycling Program This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste Palm products should be sent to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment For information on environmental programs visit palm com environment As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling Our recycling program keeps Palm handheld devices smartphones and mobile companions out of landfills through evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling Palm customers may participate in the recycling program free of charge Visit palm com recycle for additional details and information about how you can he
47. 36 289 creating messages and 134 entering 36 37 243 highlighting 32 moving to specific 30 typing alternate 37 38 charge indicator 22 charging smartphone battery 21 23 charging status 22 64 charts 240 247 248 chat sessions 143 chat view 140 141 143 check boxes 31 Check Names command 111 Clear Now Playing command 204 Clear Type tab 283 clearing Browsing History list 162 Call History list 61 clock 283 Clock amp Alarms icon 283 294 Clock amp Alarms Settings screen 294 295 closing applications 41 drop down lists 35 Internet Explorer Mobile 156 menus 33 INDEX 657 screens 31 color settings 139 329 color themes 279 285 Comm Manager 48 175 commands See menu items voice commands Company Directory command 117 212 company names 211 comparisons 247 completed tasks 220 221 compressed files 261 computers accessing remote 272 charging smartphone and 22 connecting to 80 installing from 263 reinstalling desktop software on 307 setting up device and 12 synchronizing with 88 95 96 185 229 conference calls 58 59 confidential events 217 configurations data services 316 mail servers 327 troubleshooting 316 TTY TDD devices 72 75 Configure Server command 327 Configure Wireless Networks screen 166 confirmation messages 146 Connect command 302 Connect via Bluetooth command 94 Connect via IR command 95 connecting smartphone to PCs 80 Connection Settings comma
48. 43 selecting 328 synchronizing 322 verifying 111 116 ad hoc connections 168 adjusting screen brightness 282 Adobe Flash Player 84 Adobe Reader 227 232 Adobe Reader icon 254 Adobe Reader LE application 253 256 Advanced Composer command 134 Advanced tab Power Settings 298 advancing slides 143 238 239 AES encryption 169 Agenda View calendar 213 airplane mode 48 alarm clock 295 See also clock alarm sounds 295 alarms adding 214 218 220 setting 282 295 turning on and off 281 Alarms tab 295 albums 195 alerts 64 See also alarms aligning the screen 284 alignment settings documents 236 spreadsheets 239 Allow USB connections check box 320 Alt key 38 39 alternate characters 37 38 alternate characters list 38 animation 199 238 239 anniversaries 215 answering phone calls 53 54 58 75 antenna 337 Appearance tab 279 285 application icons 39 285 applications See also third party applications associating with buttons 285 choosing menu items in 33 34 closing 41 copying 271 customizing 285 290 deleting 264 331 downloading 261 262 error reporting for 296 highlighting 39 included with device 350 installing 261 264 330 331 losing information in 309 marking as exclusive 41 moving to expansion cards 271 opening 39 40 269 285 reinstalling 307 309 running from expansion cards 269 331 running multiple 40 41 scrolling in 30 selecting 39 40 sorting 42 INDEX storing
49. 69 entering passkeys for 68 making phone calls and 69 purchasing 346 troubleshooting 317 turning Keyguard on or off for 291 turning on or off 69 hard resets 292 309 hardware 11 headset button 66 headsets 66 67 69 175 291 hearing devices 339 342 heat sources 24 help 13 305 hiding calendar items 216 highlight 31 highlighting applications 39 email addresses 32 items in folders 261 menu items 33 34 options in lists 29 35 phone numbers 52 text 32 235 web links 31 157 Hint tab 292 hints passwords 292 History list 160 holding phone calls 58 home locations 294 INDEX home page browser 157 160 Hotmail 102 109 146 hotspots 164 HSDPA networks 57 HTML formats 114 118 hypertext links See links l icons 63 See also specific type Identification tab 293 Ignore softkey 53 image files 136 194 331 images See also pictures dimmed 313 downloading 199 embedding 115 incorrect color settings and 329 setting background 197 279 troubleshooting web page 328 IMAP email accounts 101 102 109 inactivity 298 Inbox 43 104 141 Inbox folders 113 119 See also specific folder incoming mail server settings 107 incorrect passwords 292 indentation 236 indicator light 22 47 information backing up 307 309 changing 248 displaying 42 entering 36 38 79 209 erasing all 318 filtering 211 247 losing 232 309 managing 257 moving 270 protecting 290 292 removing battery and 310 restoring 309
50. Battery contacts 2 Smartphone contacts i 5 Slide the back panel into place 3 Place a fingernail behind the small tab at the upperleft of the battery and pull the end of the battery up and out of the compartment to remove the battery RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE En D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Performance The applications are running slower than usual 1 Press and hold OK to open Task Manager 2 Select Stop All to close all your open applications 3 Press OK If the previous steps don t fix the problem try doing a soft reset see Performing a soft reset If the problem persists follow these steps to turn off the Voice Command setting if it is enabled 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 Select Personal and then select Voice Command 3 3 Uncheck the Enabled box 4 Press OK 63 Tip Be sure that any third party applications you use on your smartphone are designed for Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Applications written for Windows Mobile 6 1 Standard or earlier versions of Windows Mobile software do not work with your smartphone If you can try a free version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly My battery seems to drain quickly If you have a push email solution or if you have set up a schedule for wireless synchronization check with your email provider or system
51. Categories and then check the categories under which you want this entry to appear To add a new category press New left softkey enter the category name and press OK y 4 Optional To add a note to an entry select the Notes tab 5 After you have entered all the information press OK i last name If you use both first and last name letters separate them by a space You can type letters from the last name first For example entering SM finds both Smilla Anderson and John Smith Entering SM AN finds both Smilla Anderson and Ann Smith 3 Select the entry you want to open DID You KNOW If you want to create a new contact that shares information with an existing contact for example they both work at the same company you can make a copy of the first contact and then edit only the fields you need to change for the new contact In the contacts list highlight the first contact press Menu right softkey and then select Copy Contact Viewing or changing contact information 1 Go to your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey 2 In the Contacts list viewed by name begin entering any combination of letters from the contact s first and or TIP You can also find a contact by tapping the first letter of the first or last name in the alphabetical index at the top of the Contacts list screen DID You KNOW When you select a contact entry you are presented with severa
52. Command responds you can press the Voice Command button before it completes the question After the microphone icon is visible you may say your answer Setting input options 1 2 3 Press Start ay On the Personal tab select Input On the Input Method tab set any of the following options and select Settings treat a Smad keys pet method O Lrg keys eb See Snit key de Baspa Y Enter Input method NOTE The Input Method options you specify apply only to entering info using the screen You can still enter info using your smartphone s keyboard regardless of the onscreen input method you choose Input method Specifies which onscreen input method you want to use e Block Recognizer Use a single stroke to write letters numbers symbols and punctuation which are then converted into typed text Use gestures to enter Return and Backspace Keyboard Tap keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter text e Letter Recognizer Write individual letters numbers and punctuation which are converted into typed text Large Small keys If you selected Keyboard select whether to use large or small onscreen keys If you select Large keys check the box if you want to use gestures for the space bar and the Backspace Shift and Return keys Options If you selected Letter Recognizer select Options and select the options you want 288 APPLICATION SETTINGS 4 Select the
53. Deleting messages for information about deleting email messages and Deleting messages for information about deleting text and multimedia messages You may also want to empty the deleted items folder Internet If you save links to pages you ve visited in Internet Explorer Mobile you may want to clear all recent pages see Customizing your Internet Explorer Mobile settings Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications or move them to an expansion card see Moving info between your smartphone and an expansion card using File Explorer Also remember that your smartphone includes an expansion card slot and that you can store applications and information on expansion cards However you still MAKING ROOM ON YOUR SMARTPHONE 631 D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER need free memory on the smartphone itself to run applications from an expansion card Voice quality Is the other person hearing an echo e Try decreasing the volume on your smartphone to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end This applies to both the speakerphone and the handset earpiece e Position the smartphone closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back to the microphone Keep your hand away from the microphone hole which is on the lowerright side of your smartphone e If you re using Speakerphone mode with your smartphone lying on a flat surface try turning the smartphone face down s
54. Highlight an item and select Move Up or Move Down to change the order in which items appear on the Today screen 6 Optional Highlight an item and select Options if available to configure the settings for the item Press OK to return to Today Settings 7 Press OK DID YOU KNOW There are lots of third party plug ins available for your Today screen System sound settings When you re in a meeting at the movies or anywhere that silence is required you can immediately silence all sounds on your smartphone including Calendar notifications and system sounds This does not mute the speaker during phone calls Silencing sounds 1 Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off cg The smartphone vibrates briefly 2 To hear all sounds again slide the Ringer switch to Sound On When you slide the Ringer switch back to the Sound On position it restores the previous sound settings For example if the smartphone ring volume is set to the loudest setting and you slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off you do not hear the smartphone ring When you move the Ringer switch back to Sound On the smartphone ring volume is still set to the loudest setting 1 Sound On 2 Sound Off 280 SYSTEM SOUND SETTINGS Tip Can t get music to play out of the built in MP3 player Check the Ringer switch If it s set to Sound Off you won t be able to hear music DID YoU KNOW Your smartphone inc
55. If you only synchronize wirelessly using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync you do not need to give your smartphone a username See Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista Windows Mobile The operating system of your Treo Pro smartphone Your smartphone uses Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional edition When installing third party applications to your smartphone be sure to install only apps that are written for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Apps designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Standard or any edition of Windows Mobile 5 0 software are not compatible with your Treo Pro smartphone See Installing third party applications Windows Mobile Device Center The software on your Windows Vista computer that enables you to synchronize content and manage music pictures and videos between your smartphone and your computer To open Windows Mobile Device Center on your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center TERMS Regulatory and safety information FCC Statements This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions
56. If you don t see a Save to option on the Options screen look on the other tabs if present If you still can t find a Save to list the application may not support this feature 5 Press OK Moving info between your smartphone and an expansion card from within an application In certain applications for example Pictures amp Videos and the Office Mobile applications you can move files directly to another location For applications that do not support this feature see Moving info between your smartphone and an expansion card using File Explorer 270 USING EXPANSION CARDS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS 12 1 Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Open the application from which you want to move the info 3 Go to the list view tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and highlight the file or application you want to move 4 Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move 5 Select the Location list and then select where you want to move the info Storage card or Main memory 6 Press OK Moving info between your smartphone and an expansion card using File Explorer 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start 4s Select File Explorer and select Programs wo 4 Highlight the file or application you want to copy or move see Exploring files and folders tip Your applications
57. Mobile settings 1 Press Menu right softkey gt Tools gt Options 2 Select Homepage and press Open left softkey 3 Select one of the following Home Page Gu Ty amm 12 20 ok Home Page Current page O custom page a aT Done amp Cancel Default Home page Sets your home page to the default page assigned by your wireless service provider Current page Sets your home page to the web page currently open in Internet Explorer Mobile 160 BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O a Ww a lt Custom page Sets your home page to 7 Press Done left softkey z the address you enter in the text field 8 Select Languages and press Open left Press Done left softkey softkey Select Privacy and Security and press Open left softkey Languages Preferred language to read webstes tw privacy and G9 Tg Um 12 20 ok EEES a Enable scripts Encexiing Y Enable cookies iMestern European h4 Y Warn when changing fo an unsecured page fe enone Done amp Cancel 9 Select the default Language and Encoding method for websites you visit and whether a website can automatically select these values for you 10 Press Done left softkey Done 1 Cancel Select any of the following Enable scripts Allows scripts to run in pages you visit Enable cookies Allows websites to A f 11 Select Other and press Open left
58. NOTE If the playlist you want does not appear the items you want to synchronize may reside in a folder that does not sync with Windows Media Player Sync those items by following the correct sync procedure described in Synchronizing your pictures videos and music YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O 6 Click Finish to begin the transfer If you are transferring files to an expansion card be patient transferring media files to an expansion card can take several minutes To find your synchronized files update the library in Windows Media Player The files appear in the updated libraries Playing media files on your smartphone 1 Press Start 4 gt Programs and select Windows Media 2 If the Library screen is not displayed press Menu right softkey and select Library 3 Tap the Library list in the upperleft corner and select the library you want to use tip To play a file that is not in a library go to the Library screen press Menu and select Open File 4 Select the category containing the media file you want to play Continue selecting categories until the list of individual items videos songs albums or artist names appears CHAPTER WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER tip If you can t find an item you want update the library see Working with libraries 5 Select the item you want to play such as a song album or artist name
59. Next 180 WIRELESS MODEM YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O 5 Enter the dial up phone number 777 leave the user name and password fields blank and select Connect 6 When you see a dialog box that shows you are connected to the Internet select Close 7 Inthe Set Network Location dialog box choose the type of location where you will use the dial up connection Creating a modem dial up connection on a Windows XP computer After your Windows XP computer recognizes your device as a modem create a modem dial up connection on your computer 1 On your computer select Start gt Settings gt Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections wo Select File gt New Connection 4 In the New Connection Wizard select Next 5 Select Connect to the Internet and then select Next 6 Select Set up my connection manually and then select Next 7 Select Connect using a dial up 8 Select the USB modem that you previously installed and then select Next 9 Entera descriptive name for this connection and then select Next 10 Enter 777 as the dial up phone number and then select Next CHAPTER 11 Under Internet Account Information leave the user name and password fields blank and then select Next 12 Optional You might be asked if you want the connection to be available for just this account or for all accounts on your computer Choose one of the options and then select Ne
60. OFF immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place Other Medical Devices Hospitals If you use any other personal medical device consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information Turn your smartphone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy Repetitive Motion Injuries When using the keyboard or playing games on your smartphone you may experience discomfort in your neck shoulders hands arms of other parts of the body To avoid any injury such as tendonitis carpal tunnel syndrome or other musculoskeletal disorder make sure to take necessary breaks from use take longer rests such as several hours if discomfort or tiring begins and see a doctor if discomfort persists To minimize the risk of Repetitive Motion Injuries when Texting or playing games with your phone e Do not grip the phone too tightly e Press the buttons lightly Make use of the special features in the handset which minimize the number of buttons which have to be pressed such as message templates and predictive text REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION e Take lots of breaks to stretch and relax Audio Safety This smartphone is capable o
61. OK to return to Thumbnail View Customizing picture playback settings 1 Press Start and select Pictures amp Videos Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options On the General tab set any of the following options Options Vibe onda poze n ena porer care barezed 9 that they tareter taster Use ths pens sat Quer Use this picture size Sets the size of pictures you send with the Messaging application When rotating a picture rotate 90 degrees Sets the direction in which pictures rotate 198 PICTURES amp VIDEOS 4 Select the Slide Show tab and set any of the following options Options Gung dde thoes comma be ver Forats Lerig pictures O Fay screensaver when ommected to my SC andie ir 2 mnes During slide shows optimize for viewing Sets whether pictures are optimized for portrait or landscape format during slide shows Play screensaver when connected to my PC and idle for 2 minutes Sets whether the pictures in your My Pictures folder are used as a screensaver when your smartphone is connected to your computer and ActiveSync desktop software is not running 5 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O CHAPTER Windows Media Player Mobile Windows Media Player Mobile can play music audio and video files that are stored on your smartphone or on an expansion card
62. Settings Settings EVR E 12 20 ok Full mode VCO mode O HCO mode O ot 5 Select one of the following YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER e Full mode Allows you to type a message which is read by the TTY device to the other person The spoken response is then typed to you VCO mode Voice carryover allows you to speak to the hearing person you have called and then read the response HCO mode Hearing carryover allows you to listen to the speaking person you have called and then type your response Off 6 Press OK Automatically Adding a 1 for Long Distance Dialing If you have enabled your phone for dialing in North America see Setting Your Long Distance Dialing Preferences you can have the 1 added automatically to the phone number for 1 Press Start ong distance calls az and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 73 O YOUR PHONE 3 Select the Services tab and then select Automatic Prepend from the list CHAPTER Settings GO Ta am 4 41 ok Automatic Prepend Enable Disable This feature automatically adds 1 in front of the number for long distance calls if required Select Get Settings 5 Select Enable to have a 1 added in front of a 10 digit phone number for long distance calls 6 Press OK to return to Phone Settings 7 Press OK to finish
63. Sore diw HWB Long cate tuaday September 30 2008 AO aia A 3 On the Region tab select a region from the list The region selection determines all display formats date time and so on on your smartphone unless you use another Regional Settings field to select a different format for a specific type of display item Optional Select any of the following tabs to customize individual format settings Number Sets the decimal symbol and number of decimal places the digit grouping symbol and group size list separators negative number sign symbol and format leading zero display and measurement system metric versus U S Currency Sets the currency symbol and position the decimal symbol and position digit grouping symbol and group size and negative number format Time Sets the time style separators and AM and PM symbols Date Sets the short date style separators and long date style 5 Press OK Aligning the screen to correct tapping problems Occasionally your screen may need to be readjusted You know your screen needs adjustment if the wrong feature is activated when you tap the screen To fix the problem align the screen Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen 3 3 On the General tab select Align Screen 4 Tap the screen where indicated 5 Press OK E DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS YOUR PE
64. VIDEOS AND MUSIC 8 Select the Buttons tab to change any of e To restore an item s factory setting the available button settings highlight the item and select Reset CHAPTER e To unassign an item highlight the item and select None 9 Press OK L AA Veo Network Liteary Stem puc ETA e To assign a button highlight the item you want to set select Assign and press the button you want to use for that item 206 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE CHAPTER 10 Your personal information organizer Say good bye to paper calendars and throw away those scribbled to do lists Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm is all you need to organize your personal information and keep it with you wherever you go You never lose your information even if your battery is completely drained All your personal information is backed up each time you synchronize and your information is kept private when you use the security features available on your smartphone Also you can easily share info with others electronically Benefits e Track current future and past e Set reminders for appointments appointments birthdays important tasks and Make to do lists that get done more 207 In this chapter Oe 209 CM A pete tn Alegre eee ge 212 EAS o os odo tale De 219 222 Contacts Adding a contact 1 Go to your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey 2 Press New left softkey
65. YOU BEGIN Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required for accessing the corporate network If you need a VPN you CONNECTION SETTINGS 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS must purchase and install a third party VPN client in order to use this feature CHAPTER Ask your corporate system administrator for the following information e Your username and password e Your server s domain name e Your server s TCP IP settings e Your server s host name or IP address 1 Install your third party VPN client see Installing applications 2 Press Start fr and select Settings 3 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections Fo 4 On the Tasks tab select Add a new VPN server connection 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to enter the settings provided by your corporate system administrator TIP To manually start a data connection on your wireless service provider network or another network go to Connections Settings and on the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections Tap and hold the connection you want to start and then select Connect from the shortcut menu Setting up a proxy server 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections to 3 On the Tasks tab select Set up my proxy server 4 Check both the This network connects to the Internet and the This network uses a proxy server to connect to the
66. YOUR PHONE O Using a Bluetooth hands free device CHAPTER To learn how to set up and connect to Bluetooth devices see Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device Here are tips for working with a Bluetooth hands free device e To transfer a call from the handset to a Bluetooth hands free device during a call on the Phone screen press Menu right softkey and select Turn Hands free On To transfer the call to the handset press Menu right softkey and select Turn Hands free Off DID YOU KNOW If you re using a Bluetooth hands free device to answer calls and it is connected to and within range your smartphone automatically routes all calls to the hands free device instead of to the earpiece on your smartphone If you answer calls on the smartphone the call audio goes through the smartphone speakers e To transfer a call from a wired headset to a Bluetooth headset or car kit that is within range and with which you ve previously set up a partnership Bluetooth headset or car kit required USING A PHONE HEADSET O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER sold separately unplug the wired headset and press the button on the Bluetooth headset or car kit e To find out how to transfer your contacts from your smartphone to your car kit go to palm com treopro Customizing phone settings Selecting ringtones and display notices You can set various tones for various types of incoming phone calls and notifications
67. a call arrives the smartphone rings softly You can answer the phone as you normally would The audio pauses during your call To answer a call do one of the following e Press Accept left softkey Press Phone Send O e If the headset is attached press the headset button To ignore a call and send it to voicemail do one of the following e Press Ignore right softkey e Press End O DID YOU KNOW You can set your phone to automatically answer calls see Setting your phone to automatically answer calls phone on When your phone is off your calls go to voicemail TIP See a picture of the person calling you Learn how to assign a caller ID picture in Adding a contact To silence the ringer while your smartphone is ringing do one of the following e To immediately silence all system sounds including the ringer slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off All sounds remain off until you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On ef CHAPTER RECEIVING CALLS 53 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER e Press the Volume button e Press any letter key e Press Center Don t press Up Down Y Left 4 or Right P on the 5 way NOTE Don t press Phone Send O Start End O OK 8 or Alt a When you silence the ringer you can either answer the call or let it ring through to voicemail Using voicemail Setting up voicemail 1 Press End O 2 Press and hol
68. antenna Unauthorized antenna modifications or attachments could damage the unit and may violate FCC regulations Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 The term IC before the equipment certification number only signifies that the Industry Canada technical specifications were met IC 3905A SKYC L utilisation de ce dispositif est autoris e seulement aux conditions suivantes 1 il ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 I utilisateur du dispositif doit tre pr t a accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique recu m me si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le fonctionnement du dispositif REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION 637 Cet appareil num rique de la classe est conforme a la norme In order to comply with FCC and IC RF exposure safety guidelines NMB 003 du Canada users MUST use one of the following types of body worn accessories Gi Safety Exposure 1 A Palm brand body worn accessory that has been tested for General statement on RF energy Your smartphone contains a specific absorption rate SAR compliance and is intended for use transmitter and a receiver When it is ON it receives and transmits with this product 2 An accessory
69. any folder name to sync that folder Uncheck the box to remove that folder from synchronization If the folder name does e Meeting invitations appear on your Here are the key features of meeting invitations not have a box next to it the folder smartphone in the Messaging syncs by default and you cannot turn off application and will also appear in the synchronization for that folder Calendar application as tentative until 5 Optional If a appears next to a folder you accept name that folder contains subfolders e From within the Messaging application Tap the to display the subfolders and you can accept decline or tentatively check or uncheck the box next to any accept a meeting invitation subfolder name to include or remove it e If you accept an invitation the meeting from synchronization shows up as an appointment in the 6 Press OK A Calendar application WORKING WITH MEETING INVITATIONS Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER e You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in the same way as email messages 1 Press Messaging 2 Select the account you want 3 Select a meeting invitation to open it Meeting invitations are displayed with this icon EH 4 Do one of the following To accept the invitation Press Accept left softkey select whether to edit include comments with your response and then select OK To decline or tentatively accept the invitation Press Menu right softke
70. as plain text DID YOU KNOW Messages sent to you as plain text are always received as plain text even if you select HTML Message download limit Sets the size of an incoming message that is automatically downloaded For any message that exceeds this size you must manually download the rest of the message Selecting a higher limit means that more of your messages will be fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size 10 Press Done left softkey Selecting which folders sync Outlook email accounts When you synchronize Outlook emai either using the USB cable or wirelessly with an Exchange server messages in the following folders sync by default Inbox Outbox Drafts Sent and Deleted Items You can set other folders to sync or turn off sync for certain folders 1 Press Messaging 2 Select your Outlook email account CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS YOUR EMAIL O CHAPTER 3 Press Menu right softkey and select i Manage Folders g ve Working with f meeting Invitations Manage Foklers Sines Elan kor menea TO clit You can receive meeting invitations on your smartphone in the same way that you receive email messages NOTE Use the Calendar application to create meeting invitations on your smartphone see Sending a meeting request id Junk E mail eh Outbox 4 Check the box next to
71. available in all languages See Setting up voice commands IMPORTANT Do not become distracted from driving safely if operating a motor vehicle while using Device Software Operating certain parts of this Device requires user attention Diverting attention away from the road while driving can possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Even occasional short diversions of attention can be dangerous if your attention is diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel Microsoft makes no representations warranties or other determinations that ANY use of the Software Product is legal safe or in any manner recommended or intended while driving or otherwise operating a motor vehicle General Operation Voice Command Control Many of the functions of the Device Software can be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to initiate the command with a button and then operate the Device mostly without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the
72. click Connect On your smartphone press Start select Settings select the Connections tab and then select USB to PC af If the Enable advanced network functionality box is checked uncheck it If this box is currently unchecked then check it Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset Restart your computer and make sure the desktop sync software is running If problems persist and you re synchronizing through a USB hub try connecting the USB cable to a different USB port or directly to your computer s built in USB port SYNCHRONIZATION 9 If you re already synchronizing through a built in USB port on the front of your computer move the USB cable to a USB on the back of your computer if your computer has USB ports in both places 10 Uninstall the desktop software that came with your smartphone and then repeat the installation process see Reinstalling the desktop software 11 For a Windows XP computer only delete the existing partnership between your smartphone and your computer and create a new one by doing the following steps in turn e Disconnect your smartphone and your computer from the USB cable Right click the gray ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen and select Open Microsoft ActiveSync Click File and then click Delete Mobile Device When asked to confirm click Yes e Connect your smartphone and your computer to th
73. computer for synchronization 83 Swachwronivaing wisvinrs tne Sica 88 Setting up wireless synchronization 00 89 CHAE WAYS TO SIMON e bse sesechbhovesooonsnegduve 94 CEINGING nica annica nons SAO o meoos pocos eo eo mero veo 96 SOPLO MENO Nai wes 97 Synchronization overview SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION How do synchronize This chapter discusses using desktop sync software and other methods to synchronize your smartphone and your computer When you synchronize info you enter on your smartphone your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other location There s no need to enter the info twice This is true whether you sync with your computer using desktop synchronization software see Setting up your computer for synchronization or wirelessly with your company s Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync desktop software see Setting up wireless synchronization There are a number of ways to make synchronization occur You can install desktop sync software on your computer to synchronize in one of several ways or you may be able to synchronize wirelessly with an Exchange server You can also maximize your sync options and sync with both an Exchange server and desktop sync software Synchronizing with desktop sync software The sync application on your smartphone is called ActiveSync The name of the desktop sync software on your c
74. connection a icon at the top of your smartphone screen If you don t see the correct icon make sure that the desktop sync software that came with your smartphone is running on your computer If you have any problems synchronizing see Synchronization for troubleshooting suggestions SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER Setting up wireless synchronization tip Your smartphone contains Sprite Backup a backup and restore application that backs up information that is not synchronized with Outlook This app also preserves your information and settings if your smartphone is ever lost or stolen and it protects your info during a hard reset To access this app press Start select Programs and then select Sprite Backup Does your company use Microsoft Outlook as its email solution Does your company also use Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 SP2 or 2007 as its email server If so you may be able to wirelessly synchronize the email and other Outlook info on your smartphone and the same info stored on the Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 SP2 you may be able to take advantage of the additional features of Microsoft Direct Push Microsoft Direct Push is a two way wireless delivery method that keeps your Outlook information always up to date and provides more efficient communication between the server and your smartphone It incl
75. connection box if your server uses an encrypted connection Activesync Edit Server Settings Server address El Note This 5 the same as your Outicok Web Access server address Y Ths server requires an encrypted S82 Connection SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION 91 QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER 10 Press Next right softkey and check the boxes for the types of information you want to synchronize with the Exchange server ActiveSync Gu Tg E 12 20 edit Server Settings Gose e AVA VOV WER Yo SYED RES EJEM Contacts AT Calendar D E mail MAL Tasks Finish Menu 11 Optional Highlight an item and select Settings to change the synchronization settings for that type of information Settings are not available for all items TIP To automatically download more of an incoming email message than the default setting select E mail in step 11 and select a higher number from the Download size limit list If you don t increase this setting you can manually download the rest of the message at your convenience TIP To set the rules for fixing sync conflicts press Menu right softkey and select Advanced 12 Press Finish left softkey Synchronization with your Exchange server begins automatically A status bar appears onscreen indicating sync progress You can set a schedule for synchronization to take place anytime info is updated on either your sma
76. correctly the email client software must be properly set up Follow these steps to check the settings 1 Click Start on your computer and select Settings 2 Select Internet Options and click the Programs tab 3 Make sure that the email field is set to the correct email client software Click OK 5 Start the email client software and make sure it is configured as the default MAPI client Consult the documentation for your desktop email application for more information TROUBLESHOOTING When sync with my Exchange server my info is not downloading to my smartphone Check with your system administrator to obtain the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the corporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their servers you cannot use Exchange ActiveSync to synchronize with the Exchange server It s possible that the SSL setting is turned off Verify the setting by following these steps 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server 4 Make sure the SSL box is checked CHAPTER EMAIL D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Web I can t access a web page First make sure you have Internet access Open Internet Explorer Mobile and try to view a web page you ve loaded before To ensure that you re viewin
77. e Create a partnership between your smartphone and your computer We recommend that you initiate the partnership from your smartphone see Requesting a connection with another Bluetooth device 1 On your computer double click the icon to open the Bluetooth connections window Check the documentation included with your computer for instructions 2 Select the option to view devices within range 3 You should see an icon representing your smartphone Double click this icon to make sure that Network Access Point or something similar appears in the list of Bluetooth services tip Don t see your smartphone icon or the list of services Check the documentation included with your computer or contact your computer manufacturer for help Different computer models use different terminology for the Bluetooth connection features On your smartphone press Start s and select Programs 5 Select Internet Sharing 6 Select the PC Connection list and then select Bluetooth PAN NOTE Keep the default setting on the Network Connection list 7 Press Connect left softkey and follow the wizard to set up Internet Sharing 8 On your computer follow the steps to accept or enable a Bluetooth PAN connection with your smartphone Check the documentation included with your computer for instructions CHAPTER INTERNET SHARING O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER 9 After you
78. e Windows XP If you want to sync pictures videos and music from your Windows Media Player Library you must have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer before you install ActiveSync desktop software e If you plan to sync email contacts calendar events and tasks directly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or 2003 SP2 you need your mail server address and domain name as well as your Exchange server account username and password SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION Tip If you are installing the software on a computer at work make sure your company allows you to install new software Contact your company s IT department for help 1 Plug the USB cable into an available USB port on your computer or into a powered USB hub connected to your computer Tip For best performance plug your USB cable directly into a USB port on your computer If your computer has USB ports on both the front and back we suggest using the back port If you use a USB hub make sure it s a powered hub 2 Connect the USB cable to your smartphone by inserting it into the microUSB connector on the bottom of the smartphone Setup starts automatically this is called setup mode NOTE If the Setup screen does not appear do the following Windows XP Go to My Computer and open the Treo Setup icon SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION e Windows Vista Go to Start gt Computer and open the drive named
79. email provider s requirements by following these steps e Verify both your password and your username for your email account Some email service providers require you to be on their network to use your email account If this is the case be sure to use your provider s network as the connection type for the account e Some email service providers have other requirements specific to their service Check with your service provider to see if any providerspecific requirements exist Service provider settings frequently change If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your CHAPTER EMAIL 628 D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER service provider to see if any of the account settings have changed have problems sending and receiving email Short periods of time when email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly Scheduled email synchronization is not working If email synchronization is occurring and you turn your smartphone off or the connection to your email service provider is disconnected the synchronization fails Check the synchronization schedule to make sure that email sync is set to occur at the expected day and time See Setting the synchronization sch
80. emoticon to your message press Menu right softkey select Add emoticon and then select the emoticon you want Optional To send a picture or other file press Menu right softkey select Send and then select the type of file you want to send Capture or select the picture or other file you want YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES 10 Optional To exchange messages with more than one person press Menu right softkey and select Options gt Add participant Select the participant you want to add 11 To end the messaging session press Menu right softkey and select End conversation If you are exchanging messages with more than one person select End all conversations to stop all the sessions at once Tip From the Messenger contacts list screen press Menu right softkey and select options to add block or remove a contact change your status to Busy Away and so on add a display picture or personal message and more CHAPTER USING WINDOWS LIVE 51 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER 152 USING WINDOWS LIVE CHAPTER 8 Your connections to the web and wireless devices You use the web for so many things finding driving directions getting news buying gifts checking web based email With your wireless service provider s network and your smartphone s web browser you can take the web with you almost anywhere you go The Bluetooth wireless technology on your Treo
81. enter the website address or select History and select a site you ve visited before DID YOU KNOW If you close the Windows Media Player Mobile window your music continues to play in the background Working with libraries A library represents each of the storage locations available to Windows Media Player Mobile such as your smartphone My Device or an optional expansion card sold separately My Storage Card Each library contains links to the media files in that location Windows Media Player Mobile usually updates the My Device library automatically but you must manually update the My Storage Card library Tip If you don t see a media file that you added manually update the library YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O 1 Press Start s and select Windows Media Player CHAPTER 2 If the Library screen is not displayed press Menu right softkey and select Library 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Update Library 4 Wait for the files to be added and then select Done TIP To delete an item from a library highlight the item and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to open the shortcut menu Select Delete from Library and select Yes to confirm the deletion DID YOU KNOW If you move files between your smartphone and an expansion card be sure to update your libraries or you won t be able to see the files in their new location Working with playlists A playlist is
82. ide hel t r Your Treo Pro sirenstioneandieann t6use its Smartphone by Palm tip LOOK HERE Don t miss the helpful tips and cross references given in these boxes In one compact and indispensable device you now have all the following e An advanced wireless smartphone What s in the box e A full suite of Windows Mobile organizer applications Contacts Calendar Notes and Tasks All the following items should be in the ES i smartphone box e Portable expansion capability microSD cards sold separately Hardware e High speed data with EVDO 1X and Treo Pro smartphone CDMA support e Wi Fi capability e IrDA support e Rechargeable battery 1500 mAh e USB AC charger e USB cable Aman digitalcamera e Stereo headset with microphone e GPS functionality e Support for numerous mobile email Documentation and software solutions Getting Started information on how to e Text and multimedia messaging set up and begin to use your Windows Media Player Mobile smartphone e Microsoft Office Mobile suite e Palm warranty e Safety and legal information YOUR TREO PRO SMARTPHONE BY PALM 1 m E o o lt m CHAPTER Your smartphone contains links to the following e Desktop synchronization software ActiveSync desktop software for Windows XP computers or a Windows Mobile Device Center update for Windows Vista computers e User Guide this guide on the web e Microsoft Offic
83. information on changing email sync options see Changing email download settings Outlook email accounts Stopping SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER synchronization If you ever need to manually stop a synchronization that s in progress follow these steps 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Stop left softkey STOPPING SYNCHRONIZATION QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER 98 STOPPING SYNCHRONIZATION CHAPTER 6 Your email You already know how efficient email is for staying in touch Now your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm brings you a new level of convenience email on the go Enjoy the ease and speed of communicating with friends family and colleagues anywhere you can access your wireless service provider s data network You can send photos to your friends and family or create Microsoft Word or Excel files and send them to your colleagues You can also receive attachments to view and edit at your convenience Benefits e Receive photos sound files Word Save messages from your and Excel files and more computer to view at a convenient e Attach and send files of almost any time type In this chapter SEU a eaters cesta erste A O ets ee laa 101 Senan ZINC TE CENNI MES Sa JES 22 con aaenarceuaenuouesuons 110 Working the mal message 115 C stomizinoy ore na Sci os ae earn 121 Wena vaio mesi laMicdOnS esoo c
84. or 2007 See Setting up wireless synchronization MMS Multimedia Messaging System An enhanced messaging system that enables you to send pictures animations and ringtones almost instantly See Creating and sending a multimedia message Mobile Device The component on your Windows XP computer that enables you to install applications and other information on your smartphone To access it open Windows Explorer or My Computer and look for the icon that represents your smartphone See Installing applications from your computer partnership The connection that you make between two devices by means of Bluetooth wireless technology The devices recognize each other because each device finds the same passkey on the other device After you create a partnership between the devices you no longer need to enter the passkey Partnership is also known as paired relationship pairing trusted device and trusted pair on some devices See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology TERMS Phone Off Appearing on the Today screen this indicates that your smartphone is not connected to any network and you cannot make calls except those to emergency numbers You can still use the organizer features however See Turning your phone SMS Short Messaging Service The service that exchanges short text messages almost instantly between mobile devices Your smartphone can send and receive text messages wh
85. other file type to a message press Menu right softkey and select Attachment Press Menu right softkey again and select the type of file you want to add Press OK to return to the message after you finish adding attachments Tip To remove an attachment press Menu right softkey and select Attachment Highlight an attachment press Menu right softkey and select Delete To remove all attachments press Menu right softkey and select Delete All SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES 10 To change the background color for the message press Menu right softkey select Options select Background and then select the color you want 11 To change the positioning of text and graphics in the message press Menu right softkey select Options and then select Text Layout Select the positioning that you want and press Done left softkey 12 Press Send left softkey Tip You can send your message as a text message This may save on data charges but you may lose some formatting and the message text may be truncated Press Menu right softkey and select Send via SMS Tip To save your message as a template for future messages press Menu right softkey and select Template gt Save as Template Organizing slides within a multimedia message If your message contains more than one slide you can change the order of the slides and change the duration for each slide during playback 1
86. save cookies on your device softkey Warn when changing to an unsecured page BROWSING THE WEB 161 O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER gt other Browse websites as noble Device O Desktop Computer Z Pay sounds Y Show Petures Done ES Cancel 12 Select how you want the browser to behave Mobile Device or Desktop Computer The browser identifies itself as either a mobile device or a standard desktop computer which affects whether websites send content scaled to fit your mobile screen The default display mode is Mobile Device Play Sounds When checked the browser will play any sounds embedded in websites Show Pictures Uncheck this option to disable pictures and images on websites which can improve loading speeds 13 Press Done left softkey 14 Press Close right softkey Clearing temporary Internet files cookies and browsing history 1 Press Menu right softkey gt Tools gt Options Select Browsing History and press Open left softkey Y Browsing we E Ty am 12 20 ok Done tn Clear Select Temporary Files Cookies or History and then press Clear right softkey Press Done left softkey Press Close right softkey 162 BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O Getting online travel information and tools With WorldMate you can gain access to your travel itinerary details global wea
87. screen Locking your keyboard Keyguard By default your keyboard locks so that you don t accidentally press buttons or activate screen items To dismiss Keyguard Press Center O 290 LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO To manually turn on Keyguard when your smartphone screen is on Do one of the following e Press and hold End O Press Option End O Tip If you are using a headset or hands free device you can manually turn on Keyguard during a call to prevent accidental key presses TIP If your Today screen is displayed and you re not on a call you can also turn on Keyguard by pressing End Turning on Auto Keyguard Auto Keyguard enables you to configure the Keyguard feature 1 Press Start az 2 On the Persona Keyguard 3 Select the Auto Keyguard list and disable the Auto Keyguard feature or set and select Settings tab select 4 Press OK i YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS the period of inactivity that passes before the keyboard automatically locks h E E Press Opbon End button to manualy erutie the keygurd Dadhe toucheren O te ori a phone cat n Locking your screen 1 2 Press Start s and select Settings On the Personal tab select Keyguard Under Disable touchscreen check or uncheck the While on a phone call box to determine whether the screen s touch sensitive feature is disabled during a call Press OK N
88. see Turning on the option to receive beamed information Set your screen to turn off automatically after a shorter period of inactivity see Optimizing power settings As with any wireless phone if you are in an area with no wireless coverage your smartphone nevertheless continues to search for a signal which consumes power Turn off your phone if you are outside a coverage area see Turning your phone off Turn off the voice command feature if you re not using it see Setting up voice commands Turn down the screen brightness see Adjusting the brightness If you synchronize with your corporate Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync increase the time interval between automatic synchronizations see Setting the synchronization schedule Keep your battery away from direct sunlight and other sources of heat Temperatures over 50 degrees Celsius 120 degrees Fahrenheit can permanently reduce the capacity and life span of any lithium ion battery CHARGING THE BATTERY Using the My Treo application SETTING UP O CHAPTER Setting Up synchronization Use the My Treo application to register your smartphone and access the User Guide and online support My Treo also provides an alternate starting point for setting up an email account a Bluetooth connection or a Wi Fi connection and for launching the Quick Tour e Press Start s and select My Treo
89. simple or as creative as you friends want In this chapter Sending and receiving text and multimedia messages Setting message ISIEIEINGSS r ma a ESIC NATRICIONNS ENE O E ones Sending and receiving text and multimedia messages You can use the Messaging application to send and receive brief text messages SMS and multimedia messages MMS Creating and sending a text message Each text message can have up to 160 characters You can send a message of more than 160 characters but the message may be split into several messages If you send a text message to an email address the email address is deducted from the 160 character count DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages even while you are on a phone call This is easiest when using a hands free headset or the speakerphone BEFORE YOU BEGIN YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Before you use your smartphone to send or receive messages consult your wireless service provider for pricing and availability of text messaging services Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on Press Messaging 2 Select SMS MMS Press Menu right softkey and select New gt SMS Enter the recipient s name mobile phone number or email address e Enter the first letters of the recipient s first or last name the first and last initials separated by a space or
90. slide in a presentation 6 Press OK Tip To turn the presentation into a continuously looping slide show check both the Use timings if present and the Loop continuously boxes CHAPTER Excel Mobile With Microsoft Office Excel Mobile you can create and edit workbooks and templates on your smartphone You can also edit workbooks and templates that you create on your computer However you may lose some of the information and formatting when you save the workbook on your smartphone Note the following formatting considerations Alignment Vertical text appears horizontal Borders Appear as a single line Cell patterns Patterns applied to cells are removed Fonts and font sizes The original font is listed on your smartphone and mapped to the closest font available Original fonts reappear on your computer Number formats Microsoft Office Excel 97 conditional formatting is displayed in Number format EXCEL MOBILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Formulas and functions Unsupported functions are removed and only the returned value of the function appears Formulas containing the following are also converted to values e Anarray or array argument for example SUM 1 2 3 4 e External link references or an intersection range reference e References past row 16384 are replaced with REF Protection settings Most protection featu
91. sold separately in any of the following file formats e WMA e WMV e MP3 e 3GP e AAC e AAC e MPEG 4 DID YOU KNOW You can also download animated GIF files and view them in Internet Explorer Mobile IMPORTANT You must have QuickTime Player version 6 5 or later installed on your computer to play videos recorded by your smartphone You can download the videos WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE 199 O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER from an expansion card or you can click the video thumbnail after synchronizing the files You can listen to these music audio and video files through the speaker on the back of your smartphone or through stereo headphones Synchronizing Windows Media Player library files Use the Sync feature in the desktop version of Windows Media Player to transfer digital music audio video and playlist files between your computer and an expansion card or your smartphone Using the Sync feature ensures that the files are transferred correctly TIP For tips on using the desktop version of Windows Media Player go to the Help menu in Windows Media Player on your computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer On a Windows XP computer Windows Media Player 10 must be installed on your computer before you install ActiveSync desktop software You can install ActiveSync desktop software from y
92. spreadsheets 240 242 videos 192 web pages 157 INDEX Palm Inc 950 W Maude Ave Sunnyvale CA 94085 2801 United States of America
93. that contains NO metal snaps clips etc and provides AT LEAST 1 5 cm 0 6 in of separation between the user s body and the unit RF energy When you communicate with your smartphone the system handling your call controls the power level at which your smartphone transmits Do NOT use the device in a manner such that it is in direct contact Specific Absorption Rate SAR Your mobile device is a radio with the body i e on the lap or in a breast pocket Such use will transmitter and receiver It is designed not to exceed the limits for likely exceed the FCC RF safety exposure limits See www fcc gov exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific oet rfsafety for more information on RF exposure safety organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure To view the most recent SAR values of the Treo Pro smartphone visit the protection of all persons regardless of age and health alm com 55058 In order to certify this unit for sale to the public this unit has been Body worn operation Important safety information regarding radio tested for RF exposure compliance at a qualified test laboratory and frequency radiation RF exposure To ensure compliance with RF found to comply with the regulations regarding exposure to RF exposure guidelines the smartphone must be used with a minimum Energy under the recommendations of the International Commiss
94. the entry 4 Press OK i Organizing your schedule Use categories to view various types of events 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Categories and check the categories that apply to this event To add a new category press New left softkey enter the category name and press OK YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D CHAPTER L e Holiday HPersonal Seasonal Press OK two more times 5 After you assign events to categories press Menu right softkey and select Filter 6 Select the type of events you want to view tip Wonder why you re not seeing all the events in your day Check to make sure that the filter is set to All Appointments Deleting an event 1 Highlight the event you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Appointment 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion CALENDAR 217 D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Customizing Calendar 1 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options On the General tab set any of the following options Uptions state PE tete orm Body ve Week view Edo week E Stew nt haus sow O Show west numbers Gena ptm E Start in Specifies which view is displayed when you open Calendar 1st day of week Specifies Sunday or Monday as the first day o
95. to receive the beam CHAPTER BEAMING INFORMATION 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS e w a T U Sj n ex Inserting and removing expansion cards 5 g expansion 1 With the back panel facing you press Ca rds the lowerright corner of the panel with your right thumb Then use both thumbs and firmly slide the panel away from you to release it The expansion card slot on your smartphone enables you to add microSD cards to extend the storage capacity of your smartphone For example microSD expansion cards can store the following e Pictures e Games e Videos e Applications e MP3 audio files e Databases e Email attachments Expansion cards are sold separately tip We recommend that you purchase preformatted expansion cards To format a card on your own you may need to connect a card reader sold separately to your computer 268 USING EXPANSION CARDS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS O 2 Inserta microSD card sold separately into the expansion card slot 1 Notch 2 Wi Fi button 3 Push the card into the slot until you feel the card click into place TIP The expansion card slot has a push push mechanism push in gently to insert a card push in gently to remove it Replace the back panel CHAPTER 5 To remove an expansion card repeat step 1 to remove the back panel and then push the card in to release it 6 Replace the back panel Opening application
96. with your smartphone you ll find your own favorite way to scroll highlight and select items Using the 5 way press Right gt Left 4 Up A or Down Y to move around the screen Press Center to highlight and select items tip Some third party applications may not work with the 5 way navigator and you must use the stylus instead DID YOU KNOW Custom navigation features are available when you browse the web using Internet Explorer Mobile see Viewing a web page Tip The arrow icons used in this guide to indicate directions on the 5 way are different from the onscreen scroll arrows and the arrows that indicate that a list is available see Selecting options in a list MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE Gn Ale NS Ea WX ALOE VU old 6 Up A Right gt Down Y Left d Center O flashes when you have voicemail ah WN Scrolling through screens As on a computer on your smartphone you scroll to move from field to field or page to page or in some cases to highlight an item or option in a list There are several methods of scrolling e Press the 5 way on the front of your smartphone Press Right gt Left 4 Up A or Down Y to move to the next field button or action in that direction CHAPTER NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Press and hold Option 8 while pressing Up 4 or Down Y to scroll one screen a
97. you have already set up a partnership with the transmitting device your smartphone is ready to receive the info If you haven t set up a connection check the Make this device visible to other devices box to let the device find your smartphone and request a connection 5 When prompted to add this device select Yes 6 Enter the same passkey on your smartphone and on the Bluetooth device 7 Optional To give the partnership a more meaningful name select Display Name and enter a new name 8 Press Finish right softkey 9 When your smartphone is receiving info a notification tells you that a transmission is in progress To stop the transmission press Cancel right softkey To close the notification press Hide left softkey CHAPTER CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY 177 O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Using your device as a modem You can use your smartphone as a modem to connect your computer to the Internet Depending on your wireless service provider the program you use to do this is either Internet Sharing or Wireless Modem WModem Press Start 4 and select Programs and then check to see whether you have Internet Sharing or WModem Use the procedure for the application on your device Internet Sharing Internet Sharing is a feature that converts your smartphone into a modem You can set up Internet Sharing in o
98. you want to sort 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Sort By 3 Select Message Type From sender Received date received or Subject Using email shortcuts You can perform common email tasks by pressing and holding certain keys on the keyboard Highlight or open the message WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES Q YOUR EMAIL e uu E z z you want and then press and hold any of the following Press and hold To H View all email shortcuts A Reply to the sender of a message and all other addressees R Reply to the sender only Mark a message read or unread F Flag a message for follow up M Move a message between folders Q Forward a message D Delete a message L Fully download a partially downloaded message S Synchronize your smartphone with the server to get and send new messages Adding a signature to your outgoing messages You can use a different signature with each email account DID YOU KNOW The default signature text for all accounts is Sent from my Treo Pro 1 Press Messaging 2 Doone of the following If the account list is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Options If the message list for a specific account is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 On the Accounts tab select Signatures WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES Select the account for which you wan
99. your smartphone automatically Delete an entry Highlight the entry connects to that network When this and select Delete mode is enabled you can prevent 5 Select the Enroll tab and set any of the your smartphone from searching for following networks by pressing and holding Wi Fi to turn the Wi Fi feature NOTE Ask your network administrator for off the username password and server name 4 Select the LEAP tab and do any of the following for the Wi Fi network you want to access CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK 71 O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES User Specifies your username for this Wi Fi network CHAPTER Password Specifies the password associated with the username you specified on this screen Server Specifies the name of the Internet Information Server IIS that stores the security certificate information for this Wi Fi network Retrieve Certificate Obtains a 4 certificate based on the information your entered 6 Press OK Customizing advanced Wi Fi settings 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Wi Fi amp 3 On the Wireless tab press Menu right 5 softkey and select Advanced 6 Settings Ea Tig amt 12 20 ok Wi A Advanced Settings Tum on avaiable network notficaton Turn off WHF E not connected in Never 4 Cancel Save Select eit
100. 142 Outlook folders 322 Quick Menu 43 Quick Tour 13 43 sync software window 87 text messages 141 Today screen 42 web pages 155 158 160 328 operating system device 312 336 349 operating systems PCs 83 Option key 30 37 40 49 Option Lock icon 37 Option Lock mode 37 options displaying 217 highlighting 29 31 35 INDEX En selecting 35 97 Options tab 280 289 293 Organize Slides command 139 organizer features 48 207 orientation slides 238 outages 316 outgoing mail server settings 107 Outlook accessing folders for 322 copying addresses to 322 receiving mail and 101 113 114 124 synchronizing with 80 89 90 118 128 overdue tasks 221 owner information 346 Owner Information icon 293 Owner Information screen 293 P paired relationships See partnerships pairing See partnerships Palm online support 13 Palm OS applications 262 Palm OS devices 307 Panorama mode 188 190 paragraph formatting 236 paragraph highlight feature 32 partial envelope icon 114 partially charged battery icon 22 partnerships 174 177 317 334 passkeys 68 176 Password tab 292 Password type list 292 password types 52 292 passwords entering 37 91 292 forgetting or losing 292 locking device and 290 292 saving 103 105 setting up email accounts and 103 105 spreadsheets and 240 storing on smartphone 91 PCs See computers PDF files 114 227 253 performance 312 330 Personal Address Book 322 personal comp
101. 2 Select SMS MMS 3 To start a new chat or continue an existing chat select the message to which you want to reply The message opens in chat view YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER peat A pt w 2015160452 10 1 How about a movie tonite Me 6 08 PM Sounds great What time ES 5015160452 Gos There s a show at 10 Ok see you then y Menu 4 Enter your message You can use any of the menu commands described in Creating and sending a text message 5 Press Send left softkey 6 Ifan incoming message has a file attached it appears in the chat list with this icon Select the message to open it and view the attachment 7 To close the chat session and return to the account Inbox press OK NOTE In the Inbox all messages from a chat session are displayed as one item a single conversation To view individual messages within the conversation select it to reopen the chat session SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER DID You KNOW While chat view remains open any new messages you receive from your chat partner appear directly on the screen and you do not get a new message notification Using links in messages When you receive a text message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go to the web page immediately Your sma
102. 221 finding contacts 50 210 211 email messages 118 259 information 248 text 234 255 firewalls 318 321 first letter capitalization 289 5 way navigator 29 31 331 Flash Player 84 flicker adjustment 193 flight mode 48 folder names 237 folders accessing Outlook 322 adding documents to 235 browsing 260 271 creating 159 237 moving items to 237 249 261 opening items in 261 organizing pictures and videos in 197 364 INDEX organizing web favorites in 158 159 sorting contents 261 synchronizing mail 128 fonts 232 235 239 283 forgetting passwords 292 format settings 284 formats losing 232 saving documents and 295 sending email and 125 128 setting display 283 formatting charts 248 expansion cards 268 paragraphs and lists 236 spreadsheets 239 245 246 system data 283 text 235 251 text messages 138 139 Formatting toolbar 236 forms web pages 157 formulas 240 243 250 forwarding messages 118 142 freeing memory 264 324 331 Freeze Panes option 242 Full Screen mode 156 full charge indicators 22 functions spreadsheets 240 243 G games 264 gestures 288 Get WorldMate icon 163 Getting Started guide 11 Global Address List Lookup feature 259 Global Address Lists 89 116 117 123 211 Global Input Options 225 Gmail accounts 102 GPRS networks 57 GPS icon 64 graphics programs 197 H Hands Free check box 317 hands free car kits 66 67 69 hands free devices connecting to 67
103. 3 209 highlighting 32 verifying 111 116 362 INDEX email applications 328 email client software 327 email providers 102 104 email settings 121 129 email shortcuts 119 emergency calls 52 290 emoticons 137 151 Empty Deleted Items command 119 145 Enable Clear Type option 283 Enable local network time option 295 Enable Quick Menu option 42 encryption 125 155 169 272 ending data connections 302 entry fields deleting text in 32 highlighting text in 32 moving to 29 scrolling through 30 Erase all data prompt 310 erasing See deleting error messages 281 324 Error Reporting icon 297 Error Reporting screen 296 297 errors 186 296 314 324 EV icon 65 EVDO data connections 65 event categories 217 event icons 218 events adding reminders for 214 218 creating 214 215 deleting 217 displaying messages for 71 filtering 217 marking as sensitive 216 selecting sounds for 71 282 Excel files 227 See also Excel Mobile spreadsheets Excel Mobile application 239 250 Excel Mobile icon 241 Exchange ActiveSync 89 327 334 Exchange Address Book 322 Exchange server credentials screen 325 Exchange servers changing email settings for 109 changing sync settings for 92 deleting email accounts on 109 finding contacts and 212 getting email from 112 113 sending email over 102 106 116 sending meeting requests and 216 setting up accounts for 90 92 synchronizing with 80 86 89 92 98 troubleshooting 324 32
104. 331 switching between 43 56 synchronizing info in 80 81 82 96 troubleshooting 309 312 turning sounds on or off for 281 viewing memory usage for 297 appointments adding 213 appearing in wrong time slots 323 creating reminders for 214 218 deleting 217 displaying 43 marking as private 216 scheduling repeating 215 sending 138 219 setting options for 218 219 viewing 213 214 area codes 211 arrow icons 29 arrow keys 30 Assign a program list 286 attachments adding 112 130 261 downloading 114 115 embedded objects in 115 internal memory and 331 opening 114 removing from messages 138 setting maximum size 125 storing 114 123 troubleshooting 327 viewing information about 135 attendees meeting requests 215 audio 53 200 audio modes 73 audio recordings 138 252 See also voice notes authentication 168 169 auto completion options 288 AutoFilter settings spreadsheets 240 247 Auto Keyguard feature 291 Automatic Send Receive option 126 automatic updates 301 auto off interval 333 available memory 297 avallable storage space 297 B background colors 139 backgrounds 187 197 205 279 backing up information 307 309 backlight keyboard 36 299 Backlight Settings screen 36 backlight shut off interval 36 Backspace key 32 37 backup application on device 89 backup utilities third party 307 309 310 324 backups restoring 310 324 banners calendar 214 battery charging 21 23 connecting to Blueto
105. 5 327 Exchangeable Image File Formats 334 Exclusive Programs list 42 EXIF formats 334 expansion card slot 349 expansion cards browsing on 271 displaying available space on 271 298 encrypting 272 formatting 268 inserting 268 INDEX installing apps on 263 moving apps to 271 moving info to 249 270 opening items on 269 organizing info and 331 organizing pictures and videos on 197 removing 269 renaming 272 searching on 259 261 storing attachments on 114 123 transferring files to 200 203 270 271 external power sources 298 F factory defaults 206 factory installed applications 264 350 favorites 81 137 158 159 See also web pages Favorites application 81 features smartphone 11 13 Federal Trade Commission website 297 feedback 332 fields See entry fields File Explorer 259 260 261 271 File Explorer icon 260 file names 235 259 file types documents 231 237 media files 199 multimedia 136 pictures 194 ringtones 70 videos 195 files accessing from corporate accounts 301 attaching to messages 130 134 135 136 138 browsing 260 copying 186 decompressing 261 deleting 261 331 downloading 125 159 moving 237 261 saving 270 searching for 259 261 selecting multiple 261 transferring to expansion cards 200 203 270 271 viewing information about 135 142 204 fill series spreadsheets 244 filtering Call History list 61 events 217 information 211 247 recent calls list 59 tasks
106. 5 238 239 slide timing option 239 slider 30 slides 138 139 143 238 smartphone caring for 343 charging 21 23 freeing space on 264 331 getting help with 13 onanan n mn INDEX 877 getting phone number for 21 getting started with 12 13 39 locking 292 losing 89 293 low light conditions and 36 moving around on 27 personalizing 277 registering 25 resetting 292 308 310 314 setting up 15 storing 17 18 troubleshoot tips for 305 unlocking 292 unpacking 11 updating info on 79 smartphone components 17 18 smartphone features 11 13 SMS messaging 133 335 soft resets 308 softkeys 32 software See also applications accessing 12 caution for hard resets and 309 downloading updates for 300 included with device 350 installing sync 80 84 purchasing 312 reinstalling 307 309 songs selecting 202 See also music playlists Sort By command 119 sort order 247 sorting applications 42 email 119 folder items 261 information 247 messages 145 notes 253 pictures or videos 197 tasks 221 sound clips 136 sound settings 71 280 281 sounds See also specific types changing alarm 295 customizing 280 previewing 282 recording 138 281 repeating 71 sending 281 setting system 281 silencing 280 turning off event 282 Sounds amp Notifications screen 70 281 Sounds amp Notifications Settings icon 281 Sounds tab 281 speaker 200 speakerphone 56 332 speakerphone icon 63 special characters See alternate c
107. 79 96 sync schedules troubleshooting 323 326 sync settings Exchange servers 92 sync software installing 80 84 selecting links to 12 synchronizing info and 82 troubleshooting 307 sync software window 87 synchronization backing up info and 309 conserving battery and 24 defined 335 enabling wireless 80 89 94 95 getting started with 25 79 80 hard resets and 309 310 initiating manual 93 initiating offline 322 initiating over Bluetooth devices 94 95 overview 77 79 scheduling 92 93 sending meeting requests and 216 INDEX setting up multiple computers for 95 setting up multiple devices for 88 setting up smartphone and 12 starting 86 88 stopping 97 transferring media files and 185 187 200 transferring Office files and 229 231 troubleshooting 308 318 325 326 327 updating date and time info and 294 system alarms 295 System Center Mobile Device Manager 303 system dates and time 294 system errors 314 system locks 290 292 system requirements 83 system settings 294 299 system sounds 280 281 system warnings 281 T tabs 30 taking pictures 188 191 329 tapping 29 32 284 288 tapping sounds 281 task categories 220 221 Task Manager 41 tasks adding reminders to 220 completing 221 creating 219 220 deleting 221 filtering and sorting 221 marking as sensitive 220 sending 138 setting due dates for 220 setting options for 221 222 setting reminders for 221 Tasks application 219 222 T
108. APTER 304 CONNECTION SETTINGS CHAPTER 14 Troubleshooting Although we can t anticipate all the questions you might have this chapter provides answers to some of the most commonly asked questions For additional information and answers to other common questions visit palm com treopro 305 In this chapter TEnsisiino IMO mon cnc CEMIS once ccostuuspeuseduaase 307 RSMAS MING UNE CSIC SONWENG 2 0 o cena aacceeananndeavant 307 Resettingvoursmanphone 4 2 a an E a 308 AIM E S RAEN E O E E Aen ap E E IRE 312 S COC Mea A aeiR ee SiS NEIWONKSCONMECUO Mareen yarn ate are ern eee ene 314 SVMCHLOMIZALLO Ma parse O A 318 Emale coc che solo mag t ct Soe A A Bosse B25 Oro 328 A Y 329 lhirdpanysapplications dEr a a T 330 MEI IRYe ROOK CIN WOW SINMEIIOINONG soc cceeccerugutesueuuaace SS MAC Sl O A E 332 TROUBLESHOOTING D Transferring info from Reinstalling the 5 another device desktop software For information on transferring your info If you have problems synchronizing when from a previous Windows Mobile device using your desktop synchronization or from a Palm OS by ACCESS device to software you may need to reinstall the your new Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm software smartphone visit palm com treopro for BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your instructions oe o computer profile includes administrator rights to install software In large organizations these are usually granted by the system adm
109. ActiveSync window to end it 4 Delete the account ActiveSync Click Delete Server to remove the account settings from your smartphone and then click OK Windows Mobile Device Center Click End Exchange Server Partnership and then click Yes to delete the account settings from your smartphone Sending and receiving messages Selecting which email account to use If you set up more than one email account on your smartphone see Setting up email you can select the account you want to use to view or send messages in one of two ways By default when you open the Messaging application a list of all of your email accounts appears Select the account you want e If you turn off the option to display the list of accounts See Customizing your email settings when you open the Inbox application the last account you were using is displayed Press Right gt or Left 4 to cycle through your accounts until the name of the account you want appears in the title bar Tip Also press Right or Left to switch to a different account after you have finished working in the first account you selected 110 SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES Creating and sending an email message 1 Press Messaging 24 2 Select the account you want to use to send a message 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New 4 Enter the recipient s email address Enter the first letters of the recipient s first or l
110. CREEN Selecting menu items In many applications a menu provides access to additional features The menu is hidden until you press Menu right softkey To get the most out of your smartphone it s a good idea to familiarize yourself with the additional features available through the menus in various applications 1 Press Menu right softkey to display an application s menu Mew Appointment Beam Appointment Delete Appointment 10 00 11 0043 Co 12 00p 1 00p Team meeting Edit Tools View Hitter Send as vCalendar 2 Press Up A or Down Y to highlight a menu item MOVING 3 If an arrow menu item AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE appears to the right of a press Center or CHAPTER Right gt to display a submenu of additional options for that item and then press highlight a Up A or Down to submenu item To return to the main menu without making a selection press Left 4 Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 or Menu right softkey to close the menu and cancel your selection DID YOU KNOW You can select most menu items by pres sing a key on the keyboard To quickly access a menu item press Menu right softkey in the menu i followed by the underlined letter em s name Selecting options in a shortcut menu Most applicat context sensi to the right cli ions also provide access to ive shortcut menus similar ck menus on a Windows
111. Center Select Yes to confirm the deletion and press OK Viewing a favorite 1 Press Start and select Internet Explorer 2 Press Menu right softkey highlight Favorites and then press Center TIP When you first open Internet Explorer press Favorites left softkey to view your favorites 3 Select the page you want to view in the list and then press Open left softkey 159 BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O Organizing your favorites You can create folders to organize your favorites For example you can store travel links in one folder stock links in another and business links in a third folder 1 Press Start 1 and select Internet Explorer 2 Press Menu right softkey highlight Favorites and then press Center O 3 Press Menu right softkey again and then select New Folder 4 Enter a name for this folder and select Add left softkey Downloading files and images from a web page You can download files that are usable on your smartphone such as new applications MIDI ringtones or pictures 1 Goto the page that contains the link to the file you want to download 2 Do one of the following To download a picture Tap and hold on the image with the stylus and select Save Image As To download any other type of file Tap and hold on the link to the file with the stylus and then select Save Target As 3 Sel
112. D OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 5 Optional Check the Backwards box to search the file backward Press Find left softkey 7 To find the next occurrence of the text press Tools left softkey and select Find gt Next CHAPTER 256 ADOBE READER LE Q CHAPTER 12 Your application and info management tools Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm comes equipped with a variety of tools for managing and organizing your information Find nearby businesses and driving directions Get the most out of your smartphone Install some of the thousands of business education or leisure time applications available Use one of several options to share business and personal info with others Insert expansion cards sold separately for a compact and virtually limitless answer to the storage dilemma And because there s one on your smartphone you never need to carry a separate calculator Benefits e Locate info in any application or e Keep others up to date with locate any address on a map meaningful business and personal e Install applications games and information other software e Store carry and exchange info e Always have a calculator with you 257 In this chapter ERAN A O Petry ate oe aoe 259 Installingapplication sie n we eerie ge ern yer een ewe wares 261 Removinmgrappica tons aan a ees enone besenoneoheeconneseene 264 SHEMMCMMOMMEWOMN bocce acta denon crec reas eee ere boo 265 BENIN OE 265 Usingiexpansionic
113. ESHOOTING CHAPTER An alert tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem on the server There is a temporary problem with the server or the server may be temporarily overloaded Try again later If the problem persists contact your system administrator An alert tells me that there is not enough free memory to sync my info The ActiveSync application on your smartphone ran out of storage space Try the following 1 Goto Memory Settings and close all running programs see Closing applications 2 If the problem persists see Making room on your smartphone for suggestions on other ways to free up space on your smartphone An alert tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem with item typel item name An error occurred during the sync of a single item This error can usually be corrected only by removing the item that caused the error If you sync again to see if the error persists be aware that items causing this type of error are skipped and do not show up again My Today screen settings are not restored after a hard reset Settings such as the background image and plug in choices are not backed up during synchronization so they can t be restored after a hard reset If you use a backup utility you may be able to restore a backup to recover your Today screen settings and other additional info Exchange ActiveSync wireless synchronization For issues with direct wireless synchronization with an Exchan
114. N 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER the top You can also beam using the Bluetooth wireless technology on your smartphone The normal range for beaming with IR is about eight inches 20 centimeters The maximum range for beaming with Bluetooth technology is about 30 feet 10 meters Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors Tip For best results the path between the two devices must be clear of obstacles and both devices must be kept stationary If you have difficulty beaming shorten the distance and avoid bright sunlight DID YOU KNOW The type of information you can beam depends on the type of device you are beaming to Other Windows Mobile 6 Professional devices are always compatible with your Treo Pro smartphone Beaming an entry or file BEFORE YOU BEGIN To beam using Bluetooth technology make sure your smartphone has the Bluetooth feature turned on see Entering basic Bluetooth settings 1 Highlight the entry or file you want to beam Press Menu right softkey and select Beam the menu item changes names based on the type of item you highlighted In Contacts press Menu right softkey and select Send Contact gt Beam 3 Select one of the following options Si Fon To beam select a device On the destination device turn on visibility to receive Bisetooth beam
115. ND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Creating a workbook 1 Press Start 4 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Excel Mobile 33 If this is your first time to open Excel Mobile a new workbook appears and you can go to step 4 3 Press New left softkey 4 Highlight a cell where you want to enter text or other info 5 Enter the info into the cell and press Return 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the remaining info 7 Press OK to save the file When you save a new workbook it is automatically named and placed in the workbook list Creating a workbook from a template 1 Go to the workbook list 2 Tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select Templates If you don t see Templates in the Show list select More Folders to access this folder 3 Open the template you want to use 4 Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As 5 Select Name and enter a new name for the workbook CHAPTER 6 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the workbook 7 Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the workbook 8 Select Save Tip To create a new template highlight the workbook you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey select Rename Move select Name and then enter a name for the template Select the Folder list and then select Templates Press OK Viewing a workbook 1 Press Star
116. OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 9 Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Chart Select the type of chart and press Next right softkey Confirm the area you want the chart to include and press Next right softkey Select the data layout and press Next right softkey Check the boxes to indicate whether the first row and column represent labels Select whether you want the chart to appear as a separate worksheet within the current workbook or as part of the current worksheet Press Finish right softkey Formatting or changing a chart 1 Open the workbook that contains the chart you want to format Open the chart Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Chart Select any of the following tabs Titles Specifies the title of the chart and headings whether a legend appears and the placement of the legend Scale Specifies the minimum and maximum scales for charts with x and y axes Type Specifies the chart style You can use this setting to convert your chart to a different format Series Lets you add modify format or delete related data points without affecting the info in your worksheet 5 Press OK L Finding or replacing info in a workbook 1 Open the workbook containing the info you want to find 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Find Replace 3 Select Find what and enter the info you want to find Optional Chec
117. ORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION Read this information before using your smartphone For the safe and efficient operation of your smartphone observe these guidelines Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn off your smartphone when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as fueling areas gas or petrol stations below deck on boats storage facilities for fuel or chernicals blasting areas and areas near electrical blasting caps and areas where there are chemicals or particles such as metal powders grains and dust in the air Interference to medical and personal Electronic Devices Most but not all electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals and certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your smartphone Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 centimeters 6 inches be maintained between a smartphone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by the recommendations of Wireless Technology Research Persons with pacemakers should e ALWAYS keep the smartphone more than six inches 15 centimeters from their pacemaker when the smartphone is turned ON e Not carry the smartphone in a breast pocket e Use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference e Turn the smartphone
118. Office fileS oooooocoooocococooooo 229 Word MODISE coito a aras 231 PowerPoint Mobile ocacion rara ro pe tea ip dad 238 Excell Mobile cocoa casi aria ds iaa 239 OneNote Mobile amp sce ooo a ina die a ein ede 250 Adobe Reader le ice sec edae cara a a a nee aad 253 Chapter 12 Your application and info management tools 0 04 257 FIMGIMOMMTONMAM OM micas Oe cecum aaa anes 259 Installing applications lt ve cane gee cee aes arica e 261 REMOVING applications sins syne inn laa adela A ad ani pate ela PA 264 Sharing informatlOn i ccg cee rr a a pang ade p EG EEE bene REE 265 CONTENTS O Beaming ntormMatiON iodo spread dA ita aie Ghee gee 265 USING EXPANSION CALAS s ea ao ne pa e iaa dre et 268 Accessing information on a remote computer oooooccco 00 cee eee 272 Calculator sensor ewe Sod Maude AE e ace ab ahs 274 Chapter 18 Your personal Setas circo canaria arar dar Ze Today Screen SST ocd cddacanre A Gan os meee ee 279 SYSTEMMSOUMG SETTINGS fie eh coking ates une Ine de ay ae ane gate eh Wau ei 280 Display and appearance settingS 0 0 0 282 Application Settings ee sa coro is arc aee piei r ed A see ja ead a ade 285 Locking your smartphone and info 2 ee eee 290 System SENGS cosida rr ia 294 Connection Settings nsr eare rra tdt dae aa 301 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting srir rei nide kbar ab rra RAS A 305 Transferring info from another device 0 0 00 cee eee e
119. Option left Shift 3 Select Search for and enter the file name word or other info you want to find FINDING INFORMATION 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER A folder on your smartphone is named My tip If you ve looked for an item before select Devi My Device is simil M the Search for list and then select the item in ev ice MY SVICE is similar to My ieliet Computer Windows XP or Computer tip When two or more words are entered in Windows Vista on your computer the Search for field the search results 1 Press Start s and select Programs contains only items that contain all the words 2 Select File Explorer 3 Select the folder you want to explore If the folder you want is not displayed tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select My Device to view all folders 4 Select the Type list and then select the kind of information you want to find tip If you are searching for information in certain applications such as Messaging or Word Mobile press Advanced right softkey for more search options 5 Press Search left softkey 6 Use the 5 way to select and view an item from the results of the search A storage card symbol appears next to the names of files that are located on an expansion card bas 1 Show list Exploring files and folders 2 Sort by list You can use File Explorer to browse the contents of folders on
120. PPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Full screen Set whether you want the remote computer display to take up your entire smartphone screen Fit remote desktop to screen Set whether you want to resize the remote computer display so that the entire display fits on your smartphone screen 5 Select the Resources tab and then select one or both of the following options Device storage Set whether to map your smartphone s storage memory to the remote computer Remote desktop sound Sets whether sounds from the remote computer are muted completely played on the remote computer or played on your smartphone 6 Press OK L Calculator You can use Calculator for basic arithmetic calculations such as addition subtraction multiplication and division OM OOE e le 26 Performing calculations 1 Press Start and select Calculator 2 Enter numbers and perform calculations including the following Clears the last digit in a multidigit entry 6 Clears the current calculation or the displayed number 274 CALCULATOR YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS O Calculates the reciprocal of a Using the Calculator memory number CHAPTER e Tostore a displayed number tap the box Calculates percentage to the left of the entry box An M appears in the box Calculates the square root of a number DID YOU KNOW When you store a num
121. PTER 4 5 6 Press OK L Press Menu right softkey and select Message Options Select either or both of the following Messaging GO Ty am 12 20 ok Options O Request debvery notfications V Use Unicode when necessary Request delivery notifications Indicates whether you want to receive a confirmation when a message is delivered Always send a callback number Includes a callback number to include with your messages Using Windows Live NOTE Windows Live is not supported by all wireless service providers Windows Live is a set of services that combines onli and instant m ne search features email essaging Live Search Enables you to search for text on the web di rectly from your smartphone Windows Live Mail The next generation of the Hotmai web based email application Windows Live Mail offers more storage grea easier filing o er message security and messages Windows Live Messenger Enables you to see who s on ine and exchange instant messages IM Make calls to phones and computers in cluding video calls and exchange pictures and other files 149 USING WINDOWS LIVETM Using Live Search Live Search is displayed by default on your Today screen 1 If necessary press End O to go to the Today screen 2 In the search bar enter the text you want to find 3 Press Center 4 Select the item you want f
122. Player Mobile see Playing media files on your smartphone the following op Customizing your Camera settings 1 Press and hold the Side button 2 Tap the Menu E icon 3 On the Capture Settings tab set any of ions Not all options 5 Optional With the controls displayed appear in all camera modes press Up 4 or Down Y to change the zoom level The zoom indicator appears on the left side of the screen Effect Sets a sp grayscale or sepi ecial effect such as a Press Center to start recording Time Stamp camera sports and 7 When you have finished recording press Center to stop recording 8 After the video has been captured it appears on the Review screen Select Direction pano one of the following icons Sets the directio Go back to the Camera screen to to be combined capture another video burst modes only Sets whether the date and time are displayed on your captured pictures rama mode only nin which images are into a panorama 192 CAMERA Stitch Count panorama mode only Sets the number of pictures that you want to be combined Capture Speed sports and burst modes only Sets the speed for capturing still pictures Snapshots sports mode only Sets the number of shots to be captured with each press of Center Quality Sets the JPG image quality for still pictures Metering Mode Sets whether the camera measures the amount of light around the center of
123. Press OK L Creating a voice note 1 Press Start 4 and select Programs 2 Select Notes M 222 NOTES 3 Do one of the following To create a new voice note Press New left softkey To add a voice recording to an existing note Open the note to which you want to add the recording 4 lf the voice note controls are not visible at the bottom of the screen press Menu right softkey and select View Recording Toolbar 5 Tap the Record icon Notes L Al Folders Gu Tal em 12 20 Menu Voice note controls 6 Speak into the microphone on your smartphone or hold it close to another sound source 8 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D After you finish recording tap the Stop M icon A Recording icon appears in the note or note list depending on where you recorded the note Press OK y CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can add several voice notes within a single note TIP To play a recording select the voice note in the Notes list or open the note containing the recording and tap the Recording icon Tap the controls at the bottom of the screen to control playback and volume Creating a note from a template 1 2 ao a kb Ww Go to the Notes list Tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select Templates If you do not see the Templates folder select More Folders Open the template you want to use Enter the information Press OK Re
124. Press and hold the key or keys that you assigned as a speed dial to the contact number you want to call If you have assigned a two digit speed dial to this number press the first key and then press and hold the second key Dialing by contact name You can look up contacts quickly by entering just a few letters of a contact s name directly from your Today screen BEFORE YOU BEGIN Create some contacts see Adding a contact or import them by synchronizing see Synchronizing information 1 Press End O to open your Today screen 2 Using the keyboard begin entering any combination of letters from the contact s first and or last name If you use both first and last name letters separate them by a space You can type letters from the last name first Menu To delete letters when correcting a misspelled name press Backspace Tip If you press E R or any other key that displays both a letter and a number you see onscreen not only matching names but the number as well The numbers do not affect the process for dialing by contact name 3 Select the name of a matching contact NOTE Matching contacts are displayed with a code for the type of number you last entered for that contact w for work m for mobile and so on e If the contact name appears with the code for the number you want to dial 50 MAKING CALLS YOUR PHONE O highlight the name and press Phone Send O to dial the number If
125. Product Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Model Serial No REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION D Powered by an ENERGY STAR qualified adapter for a better environment e ENERGY STAR AS www palm com recycle REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION 347 348 REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION Specifications Radio CDMA phone e EVDO and 1X bands Phone features e Personal speakerphone e Hands free headset jack 3 5 mm 3 barrel connector e Microphone mute option e TT compatible e 3 way calling e HAC compliant M3 T4 rating Processor technology e Dual core MSM7501A processor 528MHz Expansion e microSD card slot Battery e Rechargeable lithium ion e 1500mAhr power e Removable for replacement e 3 5 hours full charge time Operating system e Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Camera e Still image capture resolution 1280 x 1024 2 megapixel e 8x digital zoom Size e 114mm x 60mm x 13 5mm 4 5 in x 2 36 in x 0 53 in Weight e 130 grams 4 6 ounces SPECIFICATIONS Connectivity Infrared 1 0 compliant Bluetooth wireless technology 2 0 EDR compliant Wi Fi 802 11 b g Display Touch sensitive LCD screen includes stylus 65 536 colors 16 bit color Resolution 320 x 320 Useradjustable brightness Keyboard Built in 30 key keyboard plus 5 way navigator Backlight for low lighting conditions Included software
126. RMATION e Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises such as rock concerts that might cause temporary hearing loss Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal e Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort If you experience ringing in your ears hear muffled speech or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device discontinue use and consult your doctor e You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources American Academy of Audiology 11730 Plaza American Drive Suite 300 Reston VA 20190 Voice 800 222 2336 Email info audiology org Internet www audiology org National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institutes of Health 31 Center Drive MSC 2320 Bethesda MD USA 20892 2320 Voice 301 496 7243 Email nidcdinfo nih gov Internet http www nided nih gov health hearing National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Hubert H Humphrey Bldg 200 Independence Ave SW Washington DC 20201 Voice 1 800 35 NIOSH 1 800 356 4674 Internet http www cdc gov niosh topics noise Product Handling amp Safety General statement on handling and use You alone are responsible for how you use your smartphone and any consequences of its use You must always switch off your smartphone wherever the use of a phone is prohibited Use of your smartphone is
127. RSONAL SETTINGS Changing the system color scheme CHAPTER 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Today gt rachas teme appear me Start menu Others appear y Preqy ame 3 On the Appearance tab select a theme A Adobe Reader LE in the list Vine Catoulater 4 Press OK E Ms m 4 Comm Manager nta tip You can also set the background for your Today screen see Selecting your Today screen background 3 Check the boxes next to the applications you want to see in the Start menu Application settings 4 press ok i Arranging the Start menu tip Don t forget the six icons across the top of Lala the Start menu They re the apps you opened You can change the seven applications most recently and it s easy to get back to listed on the Start men s You can still them just use the 5 way to select one of the access the remaining applications by icons selecting Programs from the Start menu and then selecting the application s icon Reassigning buttons 1 Press Start 35 and select Settings You can use Buttons Settings to select 2 On the Personal tab select Menus which applications to associate with many of the buttons and key combinations on your smartphone APPLICATION SETTINGS 285 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 1 Press Start fr and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab
128. SSL tor rooming erat O Regress ke otgmyemd Network connection The interet 20 Press Done left softkey On the outgoing mail server screen press Next right softkey 21 Optional Select either of the following E mall Setup 17 Setup 5 complete To download emai cick Pri Automatic Send Receive Automatic Send Receive Set the time interval for automatically sending and receiving email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Tip To maximize battery life and minimize data charges set a less frequent interval for sending and receiving email Review all download settings Select this option to change download settings see Changing email download settings Other email accounts for information 108 SETTING UP EMAIL 22 Press Finish right softkey If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now DID YOU KNOW On the Accounts tab in Messaging Options an asterisk appears next to the account you most recently accessed Editing and deleting accounts NOTE To delete a Microsoft Exchange email account use the ActiveSync Windows Mobile Device Center application on your computer not the Messaging application see Deleting a Microsoft Exchange Server account To delete a Hotmail account you set up using Windows Live use the Windows Live application 1 Pre
129. Setup screen Your connection did not switch to sync mode Follow these steps to switch modes manually 1 On your smartphone press Start 4s and select Programs 2 Select PC Setup a 3 Select Synchronize 4 If you still cannot synchronize go to palm com treopro for synchronization support l am in sync mode but synchronization isn t working Even if you are in sync mode synchronization cannot take place unless you have the desktop sync software installed on your computer If you did not install the software during initial setup but want to synchronize switch to setup mode so that you can install the software 1 On your smartphone press Start 45 and select Programs 2 Select PC Setup a 6 TROUBLESHOOTING D Select Set up my PC CHAPTER Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable On your computer follow the onscreen prompts to update or install the appropriate sync software for your computer ActiveSync for Windows XP or Windows Mobile Device Center for Windows Vista If you still cannot synchronize go to palm com treopro for synchronization support The desktop sync software does not respond to sync attempt As you complete the following steps synchronize after each step If the synchronization is successful you do not need to complete the remaining steps 1 Verify that the USB cable is securely connected at all points see Setting up yo
130. Spelling To check the spelling of specific text highlight it before you select Spelling 3 If an unknown or misspelled word is encountered do one of the following e Select the correct word in the list if the word is spelled incorrectly e Select Ignore if the word is spelled correctly Select Ignore All to skip all instances of the word e Select Add to add a new word to the spelling dictionary Organizing your documents You can rename your documents move your documents to another folder and move your documents between your smartphone and an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Go to the documents list Highlight a file Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and enter a new name for the document Select the Folder list and then select the folder to which you want to move the document Select the Location list and then select whether you want to store the file on your smartphone Main memory or on an expansion card Storage card The Storage card option appears only if you have an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone Press OK Tip To create a new folder go to the documents list tap the Show list in the upper left corner and select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and press OK tip When you go to a folder you can
131. TIP To reply to both the sender and all other addressees open the message press Menu right softkey and select Reply gt Reply All Forwarding a message 1 2 Open the message you want to forward Press Menu right softkey and select Reply gt Forward WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 3 Address the message and enter any text you want to add 4 Optional Select Edit sender s message to edit the original sender s message text that you include in your reply 5 Press Send left softkey Deleting messages You can delete a message you are reading or you can delete one or more messages from the message list To delete a message you are reading e Press Menu right softkey and select Delete To delete messages from the message list 1 Highlight the message s you want to delete To highlight multiple consecutive messages tap and drag the stylus across the messages in the list 2 Press Delete left softkey 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion YOUR EMAIL O To delete all messages at once CHAPTER 1 Press Menu left softkey and select Tools gt Clear account name 2 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Messages you delete are moved to the Deleted Items folder To remove these items from your smartphone completely press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Empty Deleted Items Sorting your messages You can sort the messages in any folder 1 Go to the Inbox or other folder
132. U KNOW Pictures are 16 bit color Resolution settings range from the low end of VGA 160 x 120 pixels to a high end of 2 megapixels 1600 x 1200 Video resolution settings range from a low end of 176 x 144 pixels to a high end of 352 x 288 pixels You can change the resolution setting by pressing Menu right softkey and selecting Resolution still images or Quality video Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the built in camera e Clean the camera s lens with a soft lint free cloth e Take pictures in bright lighting conditions Low light images may be grainy due to the sensitivity of the camera e Hold the camera as still as possible Try supporting your picture taking arm against your body or a stationary object such as a wall e Keep the subject of the pictures still Exposure time is longer with lower light levels So you may see a blur TROUBLESHOOTING D e For best results verify that you have the brightest light source coming from behind you lighting the subject s face Avoid taking indoor pictures with the subject in front of a window or light e Make sure the subject is at least 18 inches 0 5 meters away from the camera to ensure good focus When you synchronize with a Windows XP computer your Camera images are stored in the C Documents and Settings lt Username gt My Documents Treo My Documents folder on your hard drive see Camera When you synchronize with a Windows Vista c
133. We strongly recommend using Windows Media Player for synchronizing music files Do the following to synchronize pictures videos and music files that you originally captured on or copied to your smartphone BEFORE YOU BEGIN Turn on the option to synchronize files see Changing which applications sync 1 Sync as you normally would with the desktop sync software 2 To find synchronized pictures videos and music on your computer go here C Documents and Settings lt Username gt My Documents Treo My Documents This folder has subfolders for My Music My Pictures and My Videos Do the following to synchronize pictures videos and music files that originate on your computer SYNCHRONIZING YOUR PICTURES VIDEOS AND MUSIC O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable NOTE Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your smartphone is connected to your computer 2 On your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen to open the ActiveSync desktop software window tip If the ActiveSync icon does not appear in the taskbar click Start gt Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window Treo Connected Synclwonized 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view a list of all synchronized files Tip If Files doesn t appea
134. Word Completion tab and set any of the following options Y Suggest words when ennenng text Sugyetdterenterg aspace y suggest a moras Y Add a saco after wordt Gear Stored Entries Y Ena Auto Comeet rputmehod weed compr Epnara Suggest words when entering text Indicates whether word suggestions appear as you enter text You can also specify how many letters you want to enter before a suggestion appears how many suggestions you want to see and whether a space appears after you insert a suggested word This option is disabled by default Tip To enter a suggested word press Down to highlight the suggestion and then press Center to accept it Clear Stored Entries Deletes the database of word suggestions YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Enable Auto Correct Indicates whether common misspellings such as teh are corrected automatically CHAPTER Select the Options tab and set any of the following options Voka racording format 44200 re 16 Bi Moro 86 kejs v Drifa roam level Ioe wig 200 v Definit zoom level for typre 100 V emase test letter of venteree A Strel upon reschng the liet ine Voice recording format Specifies the format in which you save voice notes Default zoom level for writing Specifies the initial size of text entered from onscreen writing methods Default zoom level for typing Specifies the initial size of text entered
135. Y to highlight the item you want and then press Center to make your selection gt 1 3 I An e Use your stylus to tap the arrow and JWOD then tap the item in the list 5 ION 4 l T O a GSGEWWw Ie DID YOU KNOW If you highlight a field and 9 390 BELL y inti S don t see the downward pointing arrow press Center on the 5 way If you see a field with a downward pointing arrow but no rectangle A Start tap the arrow with the stylus to display the ise 2 Phone Send 3 Calendar 4 Option Press Left q to exit the list and cancel your 5 Shift Search selection 6 Space 7 OK 8 End 9 Messaging 10 Backspace 11 Return 12 Shift 13 Alt USING THE KEYBOARD Es O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Understanding the keyboard backlight Your smartphone includes a keyboard backlight for low light conditions The keyboard backlight activates automatically when the screen turns on The backlight dims when the screen dims and it turns off automatically when the screen turns off or when you are on a call or are playing music in the background for longer than the time specified in Backlight Settings You can set different time intervals depending on whether the smartphone is operating on battery power or is connected to an external power source The backlight also turns off when an application s power saving features turn it off tip You can change the ba
136. YOU BEGIN e Make sure your computer is equipped with an IR port e Turn on the feature to receive beamed information on your smartphone see Turning on the option to receive beamed information SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION 1 Set up your computer to receive infrared beams See ActiveSync Help on your computer for details CHAPTER 2 Point the IR port on your smartphone directly at your computer s IR port 3 On your smartphone press Start F and select Programs Select ActiveSync 5 Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via IR 6 Select Sync Synchronizing with multiple computers You can set up your smartphone to synchronize with up to two computers as well as with Exchange Server 2003 SP2 or 2007 When synchronizing with multiple computers the items that you synchronize appear on all the computers For example if you set up to sync your smartphone with two computers named C1 and C2 when you sync Contacts and Calendar on your smartphone with both computers you get the following results e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C1 are now also on C2 OTHER WAYS TO SYNCHRONIZE QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C2 are now also on C1 CHAPTER Activesync Go Tg am 12 20 ok Options e The contacts and calendar Choose the asta you want to sci appointments from both computers are ee on your smartphone
137. You can download AAC MP3 MIDI AMR WAV MPEG4 OCELP and WMA ringtones directly to your smartphone see Downloading files and images from a web page You can also download ringtones to your computer and then email them to your phone 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications a r 3 Select the Notifications tab Select the Event list and then select the type of call for which you want to set the ringtone Phone Known Caller An incoming call from someone in your Contacts list or Speed Dial list Evect AUTE ae Ring type Ea a Ring tore eo lv Vibrate when ringer switch aff C Vibrate when ringer switch on sounds rontcances marie Ab Phone Missed call A call you did not answer j Acct IEEE 7 w Play sound alarm triage v Ea Y Osplay message on screen lv Vibrate when ringer switch off O Vibrate when ringer switch on lo Sounds noutara mawy moodi j aaant 70 CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS Phone Roaming A call that comes in when you re outside your home mobile network Phone Unknown Caller An incoming call from someone identified by caller ID who is not in your Contacts list or Speed Dial list Phone Voice mail A new voicemail If you selected Known Caller Roaming or Unknown Caller select the ring type and the ringtone Select the Play
138. a list of media files that play in a specific order You can use playlists to group audio files together or video files together for convenient playback For example in the desktop Windows Media Player you can create a playlist of upbeat songs for when you exercise and a playlist WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER of soothing songs for a long flight When you synchronize your favorite playlists are automatically copied to your smartphone Your playlists appear in your libraries in the My Playlists category A temporary playlist called Now Playing appears on the Now Playing menu It lists the currently playing file as well as any files that are queued up to play next You can add to modify or clear the files on the Now Playing playlist 1 Gotothe Now Playing screen e If you are on the Library screen select the Now Playing category e If you are on the Playback screen press Now Playing left softkey Nor Playing gt Es 2 Do any of the following To move a file up or down one slot highlight the file and select Move Up or Move Down x Tip You can also move a file in the Now Playing playlist by tapping and dragging it to a new position To add a file select Add highlight the file press Menu right softkey and select Queue Up e To delete a file from the playlist highlight the file and select Remove X To view more info about a file hig
139. a phone number an email address text or an item in a list CHAPTER S ActiveSync lt i Adobe Reader LE Calculator After highlighting an item with the 5 way you can select or activate it by pressing Center or by tapping the item with the stylus Highlighting text You can use the stylus to highlight text on the screen Tap and drag the stylus across the text you want to highlight To highlight a word double tap it To highlight a paragraph triple tap it tip When text is highlighted you can press Backspace to delete the highlighted text Using the softkeys The left and right softkeys give you quick access to tasks that you can do on the current screen The task that a softkey does varies from application to application and from screen to screen You activate the task by tapping the softkey with the stylus or pressing it with your finger The softkey is simply the name of the task on the screen Softkeys appear in the lowerleft and lowerright corners of the screen In most cases the right softkey opens a menu and the left softkey performs a specific action such as New or Edit In some contexts these keys may do nothing at all o Treo Oe ps QWAGGVUCCHE SGGG0GUKUL OCBOOEWWwO4 CAB Jai 1 Left softkey Press anywhere in perform the task shown 2 Right softkey Works the same way his area to 22 NAVIGATING AROUND THE S
140. ace of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity ESD susceptible equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your Palm handheld from ESD harm While Palm has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your handheld build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution before connecting your handheld to y
141. administrator to make sure that the server is set up properly to work with your smartphone Incorrect server setup can cause excessive drain on your battery For more tips on conserving battery life see Maximizing battery life want to charge my smartphone by connecting it to my computer but when connect them a Setup screen appears If you want to use the connection between your smartphone and your computer just to 312 PERFORMANCE charge your smartphone and not to sync you need to turn off setup mode When the Setup screen appears on your computer on your smartphone press Cancel right softkey and then press Exit right softkey Screen The screen appears blank 1 If this is the first time you are turning on your smartphone you need to take out and reinsert the battery to turn on the screen see Replacing the battery Alternately connect your smartphone to a wall outlet using the USB AC charger see Charging the battery 2 If you re on a call when the time period specified in Backlight Settings expires the screen dims one minute later the screen automatically turns off Press any key except End to wake up the screen Pressing End hangs up the Call 3 Look closely at the screen If you can see a dim image try adjusting the TROUBLESHOOTING D screen brightness see Adjusting the brightness 4 If that doesn t work perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 5 If
142. alm products to the electrical and electronic equipment collection points in your municipality or county These collection points are available free of charge For detailed REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION information please refer to your municipality or county For information on Palm s environmental programs visit www palm com environment Hazardous substances that may be included in electronic products can potentially affect human health and the environment Recycling benefits the environment by diverting waste from landfills and by recovering materials that may be recycled into other products Responsible recycling ensures materials are properly collected and disposed Palm is committed to support the European Union WEEE directive 2002 96 EC and the protection of the environment for future generations It is everyone s responsibility to ensure that electrical and electronic products are properly reused recycled or recovered As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and collaborate with our channel partners to raise awareness and help keep Palm handheld devices smartphones and mobile companions out of landfills through evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling Visit palm com recycle for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste User Safety Operational Warnings IMP
143. also connections e format settings 284 dates 244 284 294 See also calendar Day View 213 218 decimal places 284 decimal symbols 284 decompression utility 261 defined names spreadsheets 246 delays 316 Delete All Calls command 60 Delete Call command 60 Deleted folder 124 331 Deleted Items folder 119 145 deleting applications 264 331 attachments 138 certificates 296 contacts 211 documents 237 email 119 123 124 127 email accounts 109 events 217 favorites 158 files 261 331 items in folders 261 items in playlists 204 messages 145 notes 224 253 partnerships 177 317 pictures or videos 198 tasks 221 text 32 50 text or multimedia messages 141 workbooks 250 worksheets 250 Desktop mode 156 desktop software 307 333 See also applications software Device ID tab 88 device names 88 336 devices See also Bluetooth devices smartphone beaming to 266 configuring TTY TDD 72 75 connecting headset 66 67 discovering trusted 174 1 27 synchronizing with multiple 88 transferring info from 307 troubleshooting 317 Devices tab 317 device to device connections 168 diagnostic information 296 INDEX tO GOGG O Q o d d di Direct Push Technology 89 ial pad See keypad ialing 49 53 ialog boxes 334 igit grouping symbols 284 igital cameras 194 See also camera igital certificates 126 155 296 igital notebooks 250 See also OneNote Mobile igital signatures 125 mmed images 313
144. ama Press Center C for each picture you want to take Sports Press and hold Center O while following the movement of your subject Burst Press and hold Center Q while the camera takes consecutive shots Hold your smartphone still until the picture is rendered After the picture has been captured it appears on the Review screen Select one of the following Go back to the Camera screen to take another picture ul Delete the picture E Send the picture as an attachment to a multimedia or email message View the picture in the Pictures amp Videos application see Pictures amp Videos NOTE In Contacts picture mode only a prompt appears asking if you want to assign the picture to a contact Select Yes and then select a contact from the list or press New left softkey to create a new contact for the picture CAMERA Tip Check the Don t show again box to turn off the prompt If you turn the prompt off you cannot save a picture to contacts To turn the prompt back on see Customizing your Camera settings Recording a video Videos can be any length provided you have enough storage space available By default videos are stored in the My Pictures folder on your smartphone If you want to store your videos on an expansion card sold separately see Customizing your Camera settings to change where videos are stored For information on accessing your videos on your computer see Windows XP or Wind
145. anage PowerPoint files on your smartphone You can keep updated copies of the files on both your smartphone and your computer so that you can work on them in the most convenient location at any time You can also use Adobe Reader to view PDF files on your smartphone Benefits e Manage Word Excel PowerPoint Improve productivity by taking and OneNote files on your important docs spreadsheets and smartphone presentations with you e Work with PDF files 227 In this chapter SMnchironiaing your Miereso Om HES 2 csenebeuncocuaas 229 Wor MObI ES Sree OO 231 ROWET ROME OE a UN en or 238 EXC A ON 239 One ot Mo E a e a S a 250 AdobeReader Esc a olay E E E E E E EE 253 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files You can create and edit Microsoft Office files on your computer or on your smartphone and then synchronize the files so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your smartphone How synchronization happens depends on two conditions Operating system Do you use Windows XP or Windows Vista Sync direction Are you transferring files from your smartphone to your computer or from your computer to your smartphone For information about installing desktop sync software and about synchronizing with your computer see Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista Synchronizing files that are on your smartphone W
146. and set any of the following options ts Y fioi ands Y Sor vc a E 3 DE J Play sound O Vibrate whan ringer switch off U Vibrate when ringer switch on Event Specifies the action for which you want to change the settings NOTE The settings described here apply to all event types except phone calls To set notifications for the various phone call types see Selecting ringtones and display notices Play sound Lets you turn the sound on off for the selected event To select a different sound select the list to the right of this setting and then select a different sound To preview the sound select Play Sound and then select Play 5 Repeat Indicates whether the sound plays more than once if turned on Display message on screen Indicates whether a notification message appears onscreen for the selected event Vibrate when ringer switch off on Indicates whether your smartphone vibrates to notify you about the selected event Press OK L Display and appearance settings Adjusting the brightness 1 2 Press Option a and then press A Press Left 4 and Right to adjust the brightness for when your smartphone is running on battery power and when it is running on external power Press OK f 282 DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS Changing the text size and clarity 1 Press Start ay 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen Bl 3 Se
147. ar select Show all networks highlight the network you want and press Connect left softkey tip To dismiss the notification without connecting to a network press Menu right softkey and select Dismiss To turn off the notification feature press Menu right softkey and select Don t show this message again You can turn the feature back on later see Customizing advanced Wi Fi settings 2 When the connection message appears press Dismiss right softkey tip Narrow the list of networks that appear on the Configure Wireless Networks screen by selecting Networks to access and then selecting Only access points or Only computer to computer Some locations such as airports or coffee shops provide an open network but charge a fee to use it After you connect your smartphone to the network you need to open Internet Explorer Mobile and register CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O with the Wi Fi service provider before you can check email or browse the web Connecting to a secure network To set up a connection to a secure network for the first time do the following 1 Press Wi Fi CA on the side of your smartphone near the stylus slot What happens next depends on the state of Wi Fi before you pressed the button Wi Fi was already on Your smartphone scans for available networks and automatically connects when possible If your smartphone does n
148. ardS a E E E TST 268 Accessing information on a remote computer 272 Cal CUIALO re Deere D e a Oe Be Ue eee an A a eee dee A IN 274 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS 12 Finding information Quickly find who or what you re looking for by using one of these search features Search Look through the text in all the applications on your smartphone File Explorer Browse through the files and folders on your smartphone or on an expansion card Lookup Find and dial your contacts by name or phone number See Dialing by contact name for details Global Address List Lookup Look up names in your online corporate address list see Finding a contact in an online address book Email message search Display only those messages whose senders recipients or subjects match the text you enter see Finding messages TIP For information on opening and closing apps see Opening and closing applications Using Search CHAPTER Search for files and other items stored in the My Documents folder on your smartphone or on an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone You can search by file name or by words located in the item For example you can search for words within notes appointments contacts and tasks 1 Press Start 5 2 Select Search Q and select Programs search for MS Tye All cate DID YOU KNOW You can also open Search by pressing
149. are usually located in the My Device Program Files folder 8 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Copy or Edit gt Cut Go to the folder where you want to place the selected item CHAPTER Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Paste Press OK i Viewing available expansion card memory 1 5 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start 4 Select the System tab and then select Memory 35 Select the Storage Card tab Press OK and select Settings Exploring files on an expansion card 1 A Ww Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start 4 Select File Explorer 3 Tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select Storage Card and select Programs USING EXPANSION CARDS 271 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 5 Select the folder or files you want to view 6 Press OK L Renaming an expansion card If you change the contents of an expansion card you may want to rename the card to better match its contents TIP Before copying information to or renaming the files or folders on an expansion card or renaming the card itself make sure the card is not write protected See the instructions that came with your card for details 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start 4
150. artphone Slide the back panel into place 10 Optional Synchronize to restore your previously synchronized info If you use a backup utility you may also need to restore a backup to recover additional info and settings Replacing the battery Your smartphone comes with a replaceable battery Be sure to use a replacement battery from Palm that is compatible with Treo Pro models Do not use a battery from any earlier model of the smartphone TIP Be sure to dispose of your old battery in an environmentally responsible and legal way In some areas disposal in household or business trash is prohibited Visit palm com environment for more information DID YOU KNOW Your smartphone stores all your info even when you remove the battery 1 Press Power to turn off the screen 2 With the back panel facing you push the lowerright corner of the back panel with your right thumb Then use both thumbs and firmly slide the panel away from you to release it RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE TROUBLESHOOTING D a W E lt NOTE The back panel might be difficult to 4 Align the metal contacts on the new z remove the first few times If you have battery with the contacts of the battery trouble removing the back panel as compartment and then press the described go to the Knowledge Library at battery into place kb palm com Enter 30457 in the solution id field to learn different ways to remove the back panel 1
151. artphone are home page http www who int mediacentre factsheets fs193 en index html WHO Fact sheet 193 June 2000 Maximum scaled SAR values FCC Head 1 4 W kg Body 1 29 W kg REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION HAC Using your phone with a hearing device Your smartphone is compliant with the FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC requirements For additional HAC information including the HAC rating of this product please refer to http www palm com treopro t850 hac Your device has been tested for hearing aid compatibility When some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices hearing aids and cochlear implants users may detect a buzzing humming or whining noise Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise and phones also vary in the amount of interference they generate The wireless telephone industry has developed ratings for some of their mobile phone to assist hearing device users in finding phones that may be compatible with their hearing devices Not all phones have been rated Phones that have been rated have a label on the box Your Treo Pro has an M3 T3 rating Your smartphone has not been HAC rated with respect to its Wi Fi operation because currently no HAC standards exist for Wi Fi These ratings are not guarantees Results will vary depending on the level of immunity of your hearing device and the degree of your hearing loss If your hearin
152. asks entry bar 220 222 Tasks icon 219 Tasks list 221 Tasks Over The Air OTA 89 Tasks tab Connections 301 302 technical support 13 temperature display 164 templates documents 233 237 messages 139 notes 223 225 spreadsheets 239 241 250 Templates folder 233 241 tentative appointments 214 text aligning 236 changing 234 copying 159 160 creating documents and 232 deleting 32 50 entering 36 225 289 finding and replacing 234 255 289 formatting 235 251 highlighting 32 235 moving or copying 234 resizing 283 spell checking 112 134 236 text captions 137 text files 296 Text Layout command 139 text messages adding web links to 157 checking for 63 converting to multimedia 134 creating 133 135 380 INDEX deleting 141 145 displaying 43 48 forwarding 142 making phone calls and 52 141 opening 141 previewing 135 receiving 133 140 317 replying to 140 141 142 selecting links in 144 sending 60 61 133 setting preferences for 145 146 sorting 145 troubleshooting 316 text phrases 111 134 138 Text Size tab 283 themes 279 285 third party applications 5 way navigator and 29 39 accessing Outlook folders and 322 caution for hard resets and 309 deleting 331 getting help with 331 installing 261 262 330 331 previewing pictures and 329 reinstalling 307 309 synchronizing with 81 309 troubleshooting 262 312 330 331 time See clock time format settings 284 time stamps 192 t
153. ast name the first and last initials separated by a space or the email address If a match is found in your Contacts list select the name If the recipient s name is in an online address book you can find the name and add it See Using an online address book YOUR EMAIL O e If the recipient s name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address CHAPTER Separate addresses with a semicolon Enter a semicolon by pressing Option a K Need to enter an underscore Press Alt an and select the character It s the third character in the list tip To display the Cc and Bcc address fields navigate to the To field and press Up on the 5 way To confirm that the addresses you entered are valid press Menu right softkey and select Check Names An alert appears if any names or addresses you ve entered are not valid Select Subject and enter a title for the message Press Down Y to go to the body of the message Enter your message or press Menu right softkey and select My Text Select the phrase you want To add a new My Text phrase select Edit My Text Messages in the list SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES 1 Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 8 Optional To attach an item to the message press Menu right softkey and select Insert Select the type of item you want to attach and then select the file or record a voice note tip You can send an email
154. ated by a left pointing yellow arrow Missed calls are designated by a red exclamation point TIP To filter the displayed information press Menu right softkey select View and then select whether you want to view all calls and contacts all calls only or speed dials only 2 Highlight the number you want and do one or more of the following Save the phone number to a contact See Saving phone numbers CHAPTER WORKING WITH CALLED NUMBERS 59 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Send a text message to the number Press Menu right softkey and select Send Text Message Enter the message text and press Send left softkey Create a note containing the phone number Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Notes View more details about the number Select the number to open the call The first entry shows the duration of your last call with this number Use the other entries to call the number or to send a text message Go Ty am 12 20 Xx os 408 555 1234 Aa Smilla wo 3 Highlight a call and press Center then do either of the following View all calls with this number including their duration Press Menu right softkey and select View All Calls If you select this option you can delete all calls from this number by pressing Menu right softkey and selecting Delete All Calls Delete the call from the recent calls list Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Call Select Yes to confirm th
155. ay screen See Today screen settings for details USING YOUR TODAY SCREEN 43 O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER 44 USING YOUR TODAY SCREEN CHAPTER 4 Your phone The Today screen and the Phone screen are the key locations for making and receiving calls You can creatively manage multiple calls For example you can swap between calls send text messages to ignored calls and create conference calls Benefits e Stay in touch you choose how e Work in other applications when on an active call In this chapter TUNING WOU SEMEN ANO acoso eo reus a oda ea ao a o 47 Making calls srw A CO 49 Recewingicals Ar iS Sea nee Ste Sar E ESE E RO 5S UIT COSA A er ecea tea OO 54 winar ein Clo Uca oetevenoowenavtokorenear 55 WOKO ica NU 59 Assigning a speed dial to a phone number 62 vi natrareral nose COMS seese ner taint keener tae uette eae eae acest 63 WsingratphomesneadSetewaar cise cae aan aora 66 CUSTOMIZING WO MO MESSE ULI CS eee eee aa ree eae nar 70 Turning your smartphone on off The term smartphone refers to the device and its physical aspects The term phone refers to the wireless feature of your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm that enables you to connect to your wireless service provider s network so that you can make and receive calls and send and receive data The phone and the screen of your smartphone can be turned off and on separately This means yo
156. ayed on your smartphone with the same applications running BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure to subscribe to data services from your wireless service provider This is necessary for browsing the web e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e If you have access to a Wi Fi network verify that Wi Fi is on and gather any necessary network connection settings see Connecting to a Wi Fi network e Ensure that the target computer is on and connected to the internet Accessing a remote computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN Ask the remote computer administrator for your computer username password and domain if you don t know them 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Remote Desktop Mobile a Enter the name of the computer you want to access If you are accessing a computer you ve already entered select the computer name from the list 4 Enter the username password and domain you use to access the remote computer 5 Press OK Customizing Remote Desktop Mobile 1 Press Start and select Programs Select Remote Desktop Mobile a Press Menu right softkey and select Options 4 On the Display tab select any of the following options Colors Set how to display colors from the remote computer on your smartphone screen CHAPTER ACCESSING INFORMATION ON A REMOTE COMPUTER 273 12 YOUR A
157. ber in GA Switches a number between memory it replaces the number that is negative and positive currently stored tip You can paste numbers into Calculator as e To add the displayed number to the well as copy calculation results to be pasted number stored in memory tap Ms or into another app press P tip For more advanced calculations use Excel To display the number stored in ie Mobile See Excel Mobile for details memory tap f e To clear the memory tap o CALCULATOR 275 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 276 CALCULATOR CHAPTER 13 Your personal settings Customizing is optional But why not personalize your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm to make it match your lifestyle and work even harder for you You can easily customize the sounds fonts screen colors and more on your smartphone Take advantage of various levels of security Prevent making an accidental and expensive phone call by locking the keyboard Some preference settings can help extend the life of your battery There are lots of ways to make your smartphone work better for you Benefits e Conserve power e Make your screen easy to read e Secure your phone and your data e Streamline smartphone use In this chapter HOGaVeSCKECMESCLLIMNOG Saree eter een ene E E nt 279 SVSTSMSOUMCESETIMNG S semana seve RO 280 Display and appearance settings aa 0 00 cee eee eee 282 APC NS Cl Siam te ara een te ee
158. c folder icon This is a shortcut to the file sync folder Windows XP In ActiveSync desktop software double click Files The location of the file sync folder appears in the File CHAPTER Synchronization Settings dialog box under On this computer synchronize the files in this folder Windows Vista Open the Documents Documents on username s Smartphone folder On your smartphone you can find the synchronized file by doing either of the following e Press Start 5 and select Office Mobile Select the application that opens the file Word Mobile fZ Excel Mobile PowerPoint Mobile a or OneNote Mobile 7 Press Start select Programs and then select File Explorer Tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select My Device gt My Documents Word Mobile With Microsoft Office Word Mobile you can create and edit documents and templates and save them as DOC RTF TXT and DOT files You can also edit WORD MOBILE 231 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Microsoft Office Word documents and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that some of the information and formatting may be lost when you save the document on your smartphone DID YOU KNOW If you have a PDF file pdf you can view the file using Adobe Reader Press Start select Programs and then select Adobe Reader see Adobe Reader LE
159. carrier 1x radio transmission technology wireless technology can provide fast data transfer and Internet access with average speeds of 60 to 80Kbps and bursts up to 144Kbps Your phone is on and a 1xRTT data connection is active When you make or receive a call the data transmission is automatically interrupted Your phone is on and is connected to a 1xRTT network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make and answer calls CHAPTER NETWORK CONNECTION 15 D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER My smartphone won t connect to the Internet using a data connection Your smartphone supports EVDO or 1X wireless data networks To connect to the Internet using this method you must subscribe to data services with your wireless service provider Contact your wireless service provider to verify that your subscription plan includes data services and that these services have been correctly activated Your wireless service provider should also be able to tell you if there are any outages in your location Press and hold Power to turn off your phone and then press and hold the same button to turn it back on Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset Confirm that data services are correctly configured on your smartphone by doing the following Press Start 4 and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Connections Fo 3 On the Tasks tab select Manage existi
160. ce Principles visit the Federal Trade Commission website at ftc gov reports privacy3 fairinfo htm Your smartphone must be connected to your computer when you send the error report provided your computer is connected to the Internet 1 Press Start 3s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Error Reporting ial 3 Select whether you want to enable or disable error reporting 4 Press OK E How much storage space do have left 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Memory Y YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Select either of the following tabs Main Displays the amount of memory assigned to your applications and info as well as the amount of memory in use versus the available memory Told 335 33 ME Tots 70 97 MB nie Se ince RST Free 330 13 8 Frees 2235M8 More Storage Card Huet karge fes uang storage memory TIP If storage memory is low consider using an expansion card to store files see Using expansion cards If program memory is low close some applications to avoid slow smartphone performance see Closing applications You can also tap Find at the bottom of the screen to search for large files to delete so that you free up memory tip You can also open Memory settings by selecting the running programs icon in the upperright corner of the Today screen and then s
161. ce captions 138 Voice Command application 286 288 345 Voice Command button 288 Voice Command icon 287 312 voice commands 24 287 312 Voice mail option 71 voice notes creating 222 223 225 playing 253 saving 289 Voice recording format list 289 voice recording formats 289 voicemail checking for 63 listening to 54 55 sending calls to 53 58 76 voicemail icon 54 voicemail notifications 55 Voicemail softkey 55 volume caution for 342 phone 72 345 ringer 72 tapping sounds 281 VPN clients 318 VPN connections 113 301 302 waking up smartphone screen 48 56 wallpaper 187 warnings 281 warranty 11 weak signals 314 332 weather information 164 web addresses 43 156 328 See also web links web browsers 155 162 See also Internet Explorer Mobile web browsing getting started with 155 157 273 memory consumption and 331 secure sites and 155 156 328 troubleshooting 328 wireless connections and 153 164 web favorites See favorites web forms 157 web links creating 252 highlighting 31 saving 331 selecting 122 157 252 sending 157 troubleshooting 328 web navigation features 29 web pages accessing 328 adding to favorites 158 arranging on screen 156 clearing links to 331 copying from 159 160 INDEX dialing from 52 160 downloading items from 159 263 moving around in 157 opening 155 158 160 playing media files from 202 refreshing 157 328 returning to recently viewed 160 scrolli
162. cklight shut off interval Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight Set the time interval on the Battery power tab and on the External power tab Entering lowercase and uppercase letters By default the first letter of each sentence or field is capitalized and the remaining text you enter is lowercase To enter other uppercase letters do one of the following e Press Shift Q or and then enter a letter You don t need to press and hold Shift while entering a letter e Press Shift Q or 7 twice to turn on Caps Lock and then enter a series of letters When Caps Lock is on this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen To turn off Caps Lock press Shift or 2 again Tip You can turn off the first letter capitalization setting see Setting input options DID YOU KNOW You can also use the onscreen keyboard to enter letters numbers and other characters in applications that support this feature Tap the keyboard icon in the center at the bottom of any screen where it appears After opening the keyboard you can set various input options by tapping the arrow to the right of the keyboard icon USING THE KEYBOARD Entering numbers punctuation and symbols Numbers punctuation and symbols appear above the letters on the keys To enter these characters do one of the following ole 1 Symbol 2 Letter e Press Option and then press the k
163. color size and style attributes Borders Turns borders on and off for various cell edges and sets the border and background colors TIP To name the highlighted cell or range of cells press Menu and select Insert gt Define Name Enter the name and select Add Press OK Formatting rows and columns 1 Open the workbook you want to format 2 Highlight the rows or columns you want to format 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Row or Format gt Column 4 Select any of the following AutoFit Adjusts the size of the highlighted rows or columns to their contents Hide Hides the highlighted rows or columns Unhide Displays hidden rows or columns in the highlighted area DID YOU KNOW You can adjust the column and row size by tapping and dragging the right edge of the column or the bottom edge of the row To automatically fit rows and columns to their contents double tap the lower edge of the row heading or the right edge of the column heading Renaming a worksheet 1 Open the workbook containing the worksheet you want to rename 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets 3 In the Sheets list highlight the worksheet you want to rename EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS a W lt 4 Select Rename enter a new name for 2 Press Menu right softkey and select z the worksheet and press OK Tools gt A
164. creen facing the surface Are you hearing your own voice echo Ask the other person to turn down their volume or to hold the phone closer to their ear Is your voice too quiet on the other end Be sure to hold the bottom of the smartphone or the hands free microphone close to your mouth Check the signal strength indicator If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage 632 VOICE QUALITY Terms ActiveSync The software that exchanges and updates the information on your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm with the information on your computer ActiveSync desktop software The software on your Windows XP computer that exchanges and updates the information on your computer with the information on your smartphone To open ActiveSync on your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the owerright corner of your screen If the icon does not appear click Start gt All Programs or navigate to the Programs group gt Microsoft ActiveSync See nstalling Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista auto off interval The time of inactivity that passes before the screen on your smartphone turns off The wireless features on your smartphone are unaffected by this setting See Optimizing power settings beam The process of sending or receiving an entry or application using the infrared IR port on your smartphone or using Bluetooth wireless technolog
165. cryption method This method is often used to encrypt WPA and WPA PSK connections AES Turns on the Advanced Encryption Standard protocol This method is often used to encrypt WPA and WPA PSK connections The key is automatically provided Indicates whether you need to specify the network key and key index provided by your system administrator or 5 Press OK whether the network provides this information The availability of these options varies based on your Authentication and Data Encryption settings Use IEEE 802 1x network access control Lets you set these parameters if required by the network EAP type Specifies the Extensible Authentication Protocol type CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES Disconnecting from a network CHAPTER To disconnect from a Wi Fi network do one of the following e To save any settings you entered so that your smartphone automatically connects to this network the next time you are within range and the Wi Fi feature is turned on press and hold Wi Fi CA to turn off the Wi Fi feature e To remove the network settings from memory so that your smartphone does not automatically connect to this network the next time you are within range and the Wi Fi feature is turned on press Menu right softkey and select Remove Settings Customizing Wi Fi settings 1 Press Start and select Setting
166. ction with a Bluetooth headset or hands free car kit you can communicate with that device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters DID YOU KNOW If you have both a compatible Bluetooth headset and a car kit the one you connected to your smartphone last becomes the active device 1 If necessary prepare the device with which you want to connect to accept a new connection Check the device s documentation for details Be sure to find out if the device has a predefined passkey that you need to enter on your smartphone in step 8 2 On your smartphone press Start and select Settings 3 Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth CHAPTER USING A PHONE HEADSET O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER 4 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box Y Tumon Staton 7 Make the device v te to other devices To connect to a device cick on the Devices tab beso 5 Select the Devices tab and then select Add new device Tap Add new device fo secta tor other Bluetooth devices Tap on a device to modiy its ong 6 7 Wait for your smartphone to search for devices and to display the device list Gu Ty ama 12 20 Select y Bluetooth Device Sect a device to connect WAT and tap Next OET Hem 730
167. ctures or videos 196 text 159 160 234 copyrighted items 195 corporate email passwords 91 corporate mail systems 101 301 327 corporate networks 296 303 corporate servers 301 327 coupling 332 coverage areas 12 24 47 314 creating appointments 215 connections 301 302 contacts 53 115 144 209 documents 232 233 email messages 111 112 folders 237 meeting requests 129 215 message templates 139 multimedia messages 136 139 notes 210 220 222 223 251 passkeys 68 176 playlists 203 204 reminders 214 218 220 221 tasks 219 220 templates 234 241 text messages 133 135 untimed events 214 web favorites 158 159 workbooks 239 241 credentials 302 325 cropping pictures 197 currency symbols 284 Custom domain option 106 customer assistance 13 customizing applications 285 290 Calendar 218 219 Contacts application 211 dates and time 294 email settings 121 129 Excel Mobile 250 format settings 284 INDEX cu dai da da da da da da da da Internet Explorer Mobile 160 162 Media Player Mobile 205 Notes application 224 Quick Menu 42 Remote Desktop Mobile 27a system settings 294 299 system sounds 280 tasks 221 222 Today screen 279 Wi Fi settings 170 173 Word Mobile 237 ting See deleting ly schedules 213 a See information a encryption 169 a formats 283 a service icons 315 a service providers 12 43 57 326 a services 12 315 See also accounts a transmissions 12 See
168. cure Sockets Layer 335 secure websites 328 security browsing websites and 155 168 creating passkeys and 69 downloading updates for 300 protecting information and 290 292 296 sending email and 122 126 security certificates 296 security software 290 Send Options command 140 sending appointments 219 copyrighted items 195 email 112 130 157 meeting requests 117 215 216 219 multimedia messages 136 140 pictures 195 196 sounds 281 text messages 60 61 133 videos 195 196 web links 157 sensitivity settings 216 220 Sent folder 122 servers troubleshooting 324 325 327 service contracts 12 service providers 12 43 57 326 See also accounts ISPs Setas Hands Free command ele Set up my proxy server option 302 setting alarm clock 295 Settings menu 110 settings See options sharing information 265 sheet list 242 See also worksheets Shift cells options 249 Shift key 36 Short Messaging Service See SMS messaging shortcut menus 33 34 Show half hour slots option 218 Show list 195 Show start and due dates option 222 Show Tasks entry bar option 222 Show week numbers option 218 Side button 17 ignal searching for 24 ignal strength 63 314 332 ignal strength icon 47 299 ignatures 120 121 ignatures screen 121 ilencing system sounds 280 ilencing the ringer 53 ilent alarm 281 282 imple PIN passwords 52 292 sketching 222 skins 205 slide show settings 199 slide show toolbar 195 slide shows 19
169. d 1 E on the keyboard to dial your wireless service provider s voicemail system 3 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail Listening to voicemail from the Today screen m Ya m 12 20 5 rvice Provider Contacts Internet When you have unretrieved voicemail messages a voicemail 3 icon appears at the top of your screen and Center Q on the 5 way flashes Press End O 2 Press and hold 1 E 3 If necessary enter your voicemail password 4 Follow the voice prompts to listen to your messages 54 USING VOICEMAIL DID You KNOW When the voicemail icon appears at the top of the screen you can tap this icon to retrieve your voicemail Tip You can turn off the Center button voicemail notification Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Phone Select the Beacon tab and uncheck the option to illuminate Center when voicemail arrives Retrieving messages from a voicemail notification NOTE Not all service plans support voicemail notification Check with your wireless service provider for more information When you have a new voicemail message a notification screen appears New Voice Message Volcemad e Dimis e To hear your message now press Voicemail left softkey YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER e To retrieve your message later press Dismiss right softkey What can do during a call Your smartphone offers many advanced telephone features incl
170. d you can open it from your Today screen by selecting Quick Tour Tip If you remove the Quick Tour entry from your Today screen see Using your Today screen you can always open the Quick Tour by pressing Start selecting Programs and then selecting Quick Tour While using your smartphone WELCOME CHAPTER On device Help Your smartphone includes on device Help that is specially formatted for your smartphone screen To view the on device help press Start 4 and select Help Online support from Palm For up to date downloads troubleshooting and support information go to alm com treopro If you need more information Books Many books on Windows Mobile devices are available from local or online book retailers look in the computer section Customer service from your wireless service provider For questions about your mobile account or features contact your wireless service provider s customer care WHERE CAN LEARN MORE 13 CHAPTER gt m E o o z m 14 WHERE CAN LEARN MORE 4 l2 gt CHAPTER 2 Setting up You re about to discover the many things about your smartphone that will help you better manage your life and have fun too As you become more familiar with your smartphone you ll want to personalize the settings and add applications to make It uniquely yours But first follow these few easy steps to set up your smartphone and get it runni
171. der on your computer and from your smartphone highlight the file name and click Remove Treo O NOTE If you receive an error while connected bk i pilote synchronizing files make sure that all the veda AG a files you re trying to sync are closed on formance Ty Satu both your computer and your smartphone Y Wwncows rc syrctroneed corte Wi caenter e Tip If a Treo My Documents sync folder has eg been created on your computer you can also synchronize by dragging files into the appropriate subfolder under that folder 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view a list of all synchronized files SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE FILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Synchronizing files that are on your computer Windows Vista 1 On your computer copy or save the file to the Documents Documents on username s Smartphone folder DID YOU KNOW The Documents on username s smartphone folder is created when you select the option to sync Files 2 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable Synchronization takes place automatically Where are the changes made to my file Don t look for the changed file in its original location on your computer Only the synchronized version contains the changes and that version is in the file sync folder To find this folder do one of the following Windows XP On your computer desktop double click the file syn
172. devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your smartphone and the other device We recommend that where possible you make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric characters letters and numerals only to improve the security of your smartphone The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered 9 If the passkey is not built in enter the same passkey on the other Bluetooth device 176 CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O 10 Press Done left softkey You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters tip To delete the established partnership with a device go to the Bluetooth Settings screen and select the Devices tab Highlight the connection you want to remove press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion The deleted device can no longer automatically connect with your smartphone Accepting a connection from another Bluetooth device 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth 3 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box 4 If
173. di ound the screen ields 30 a file types 195 a files 194 331 a messages checking for 63 creating 136 139 deleting 141 145 dialing display rom 52 141 ing 43 48 forwarding 142 interna memory and 331 opening 141 142 receiving 141 removing items from 138 replying to 140 141 142 selecting links in 144 sending 136 140 setting preferences for 145 146 sorting 145 troubleshooting 316 viewing status of 63 Multimedia Messaging System See MMS messaging music 53 183 200 281 See also media files playlists music files 185 323 muting phone calls 56 y Device folder 260 y Device library 203 y Documents folder 186 259 309 y Music folder 185 187 y Pictures folder 185 187 188 191 My Playlists category 204 y Storage Card library 203 y Text phrases 111 134 y Treo application 25 My Videos folder 185 187 N names dialing by contact 50 51 displaying service provider 43 finding contact 50 210 211 naming document files 235 237 expansion cards 272 folders 237 templates 234 241 workbooks 249 worksheets 245 246 national emergency numbers 52 navigation features 29 navigator buttons 29 31 negative numbers 284 network keys 169 network protocols 205 networks connecting to 166 167 disconnecting from 170 logging in to 296 registering device for 303 troubleshooting 314 318 New Sound command 281 note options 224 notebook 250 notes See also Note
174. ding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and do so only ff it is legal and you can do so safely Using a wired headset 1 Speakers 2 Microphone 3 Headset button The headset button performs various actions depending on what s happening on the phone Press the headset button once to perform any of the following tasks e Answer an incoming call e Respond to call waiting 66 USING A PHONE HEADSET e Hang up a single active call or all calls on a conference call if there is no extracted call e Swap between calls if there is one active call and one call on hold NOTE Your smartphone works with headsets that have a 3 5mm connector look for three colored bands on the plug When in doubt ask the third party headset manufacturer if the product is compatible with your smartphone If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your smartphone Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device Your smartphone is also compatible with many headsets and car kits sold separately enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology version 2 0 and earlier versions For a list of compatible hands free devices with Bluetooth wireless technology go to palm com treopro YOUR PHONE O After you set up a conne
175. e Bold Indicates whether the text appears normal or thick Italic Indicates whether the text appears upright or slanted Underline Indicates whether the text appears with an underscore Highlight Indicates whether the text appears with a yellow highlight Strikethrough Indicates whether the text appears with a line through it Press OK document to return to the WORD MOBILE 238 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Formatting paragraphs and lists 1 Open the document you want to format 2 Position the cursor in the paragraph you want to format 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Paragraph 4 Set any of the following options Alignment Aligns the text paragraph with the left right or center of the page List Creates a bulleted or numbered list Indentation Changes the paragraph margins e Left Sets the left margin for the entire paragraph e Right Sets the right margin for the entire paragraph e Special Lets you indent the first line or set a hanging indent e By Sets the size of the special indentation 5 Press OK to return to the document Tip You can also use the Formatting toolbar to create a list and to align text To indent text in lists you must use the Formatting toolbar Checking spelling in a document 1 Open the document you want to check 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt
176. e is high Off peak times Sets the frequency for low traffic time periods such as late at night Use above settings when roaming Sets the frequency while you are roaming outside your wireless service provider s network You should keep this box checked to ensure that wireless sync works properly Send receive when I click Send Sets whether items are sent as soon as you select Send in the Messaging application or whether they are held until the next synchronization 5 Press OK Initiating a wireless sync manually If you want to control exactly when a wireless sync takes place or if it is not OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone you can initiate a sync manually 1 To set up manual sync follow the preceding procedure Setting the CHAPTER SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER synchronization schedule In the Peak times and Off peak times lists select Manually 2 To initiate a manual sync press Start 47 and select Programs 3 Select ActiveSync Q Press Syne left softkey Other ways to synchronize Synchronizing over a Bluetooth connection You can synchronize your computer and smartphone using Bluetooth wireless technology BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology You may need to go to your computer manufacturer s website to download required softwa
177. e 307 Reinstalling the desktop software 0 00 000 tte 307 Resetting your smartphone 00 e pa eee eects 308 PEITOMMANCE iodo al a id ii ead Sends 312 A E A A 313 NetWork COnNeCtiOn 24 ceeus cdecve torito tir a 314 SVNCMFOMIZALIOM s suicida deh Bice o acts Aa wa 318 ERMAN vesds dc desta eeu tbl oe md deh dts pee a oad Sdieri page Band aie eee 325 A O E pii e hiad A Rracade ae cua E a aa S 328 CAMA ds de A e dant D ce See E beste 329 Third party applications e cn 0veasere cack nimero epr wre eee tan bee ee ay 330 Making room on your smartphone 0 0 ee eee 331 VOICE QUEIILY cas erations ce tg ond acre aye OE alee ae e Er aa ee 332 A ee eee ee ee ee ee eS eee ee re ee 8S3 i CONTENTS Regulatory and safety information s srce tinker a AERE eee eee ee 837 A e A o AA IEA AOS CHAPTER 1 Welcome Congratulations on the purchase of your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Benefits e Make and receive phone calls e Browse the web e Manage your contacts calendar e Use a Bluetooth headset sold and task list separately for hands free e Receive and send corporate and operation personal email messages In this chapter Your MENOS Maipo PENA coca pacacsecappueovacesy 11 NUS NODO my Dat nes Grae Ren A Rak ate Ae Sune 11 WhriandoinecdstorgeRStarnte dr nen os ee ce een nese cceene ss ene 2 WAVAMYSTRe devs ATA MIVEVIAAMIAMOLRENe A O A a A iy me Aunt 13 WELCOME CHAPTER Thi
178. e Outlook 2007 software trial download What do need to get started As you work through the instructions in this guide you need all the items that came in the smartphone box see What s in the box In addition depending on how you want to use your smartphone here s what you need to get from your wireless service provider Service contract For making and receiving calls and sending and receiving text messages Data service plan For web browsing and email Additional data services These may be required for sending and receiving multimedia messages Check with your wireless service provider for information TIP When you sign up for data services with your wireless service provider be sure to discuss what charges you incur if you go over the stated limit on your data plan After you have the required plan and services you must have your smartphone within range of your wireless service provider s cellular coverage to use the phone messaging and web features Data speeds vary based on network availability and capacity Finally if you plan to synchronize personal information between your smartphone and a computer you need access to that computer during the setup process 12 WHAT DO NEED TO GET STARTED Where can learn more For a quick introduction e Quick Tour The Quick Tour introduces you to many of your smartphone s features It is already installed on your smartphone an
179. e USB cable TROUBLESHOOTING D e When the Synchronization Setup Wizard appears follow the steps to establish a sync relationship between your smartphone and your computer 12 If your organization uses a firewall or a VPN connection synchronizing with ActiveSync may not work For a Windows XP computer only go to microsoft com and search for the following topics to help with specific firewall setup situations ActiveSync USB Connection Troubleshooting Guide ActiveSync with Sygate Personal Firewall ActiveSync with TrendMicro PC cillin Internet Security e ActiveSync with Norton Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with Zone Alarm Security Suite e ActiveSync with McAfee Personal Firewall e ActiveSync with Windows Firewall 13 Verify with your computer hardware vendor that your operating system supports your internal USB controller CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZATION 821 D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Synchronization finishes but info doesn t appear where it should With the included desktop sync software your smartphone can synchronize with the root folders of Microsoft Office Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks and Notes Outlook sold separately If you want to synchronize with a global Exchange Address Book you must copy the addresses to your local Contacts list in icrosoft Office Outlook right click the addresses and select Add to Personal Address Book icrosoft Office Outlook subfolders and public folder
180. e deletion Viewing all your calls Your Call History list contains the number for all incoming and outgoing calls 1 Press Phone Send O 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Call History 60 WORKING WITH CALLED NUMBERS YOUR PHONE O 4 Highlight the number you want and do one or more of the following CHAPTER Save the phone number to a contact 800 555 3355 9 08 a See Saving phone numbers 515 555 7592 4 3 08 View a note associated with the phone number Press Menu right softkey and select View Note 310 555 0237 4 3 08 Smoartdial Delete the call from the list Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion tip You can also open the Call History list when you are on a call or when the Keypad is Send a text message to the number displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Send Text Message Enter the 3 To filter the Call History list select one message text and press Send left of the following buttons softkey Display outgoing calls g g amp Delete the entire Call History List Press Menu right softkey and select Delete All Calls Select Yes to confirm the deletion Display incoming calls Display missed calls r NON View timers for a recent call Highlight the call and press Center Display all calls E aag WORKING WITH CALLED NUMBERS 61 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Assigning a speed dial to a p
181. e is on see Turning your phone on 2 Press Start ay and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then About 4 Select the Phone tab and scroll down the screen to see your phone number SETTING UP O CHAPTER E settings En Taj em 12 20 lo Phone Number 555 555 1234 MSID 4792231244 Data user name Unknown Look here for your phone number Charging the battery Although the battery may come with a sufficient charge to complete the setup process we recommend that after the setup you charge your smartphone until the charging indicator light is solid green to give it a full charge See Maximizing battery life for tips on making your battery s power last longer 1 Plug the USB cable into the USB AC charger Make sure the chrome circle on the cable faces the chrome circle on the charger CHARGING THE BATTERY 21 O SETTING UP s uu E a lt f 2 a z 2 Plug the USB AC charger into a wall Solid green Your smartphone is fully outlet charged 3 Connect the USB cable to the bottom of your smartphone Make sure the Tip You can also charge your smartphone chrome circle on the cable end faces up battery by connecting your smartphone to toward the smartphone screen your computer using the USB cable Charging this way takes much more time than using the USB AC charger with a wall outlet However if your battery is fully drained you must use the USB AC charger
182. e wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 SP2 or 2007 DID YOU KNOW You can also change which applications synchronize see Changing which applications sync and enter settings to synchronize wirelessly see Setting up wireless synchronization in the ActiveSync app on your smartphone Whether you enter changes on your smartphone or on your computer the changes are transferred to the other location the next time you synchronize SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION O To open the desktop sync software do one of the following CHAPTER Windows XP To open the ActiveSync desktop software window double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen Tip If the ActiveSync icon does not appear in the taskbar click Start gt Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window Tip You can enter a setting to have the ActiveSync window open automatically when you connect your computer and your smartphone In the ActiveSync window select File gt Connection Settings and check the Open ActiveSync when my device connects box Windows Vista To open Windows Mobile Device Center click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Desktop software installation also creates a folder for your device on your computer When your device is connected to your computer opening My Computer or Windows Explorer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista di
183. e you access this account do not check this box SETTING UP EMAIL Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Emal Setup y Your name 35 User Geampie Revi cocky Week lhe name for the account on tes Gave 8 Press Next right softkey 9 Optional Select either of the following E mall Setup o Setup ls complete To downlosd emal okk Freh Automatic Send Receive Set the time interval for automatically sending and receiving email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually TIP To maximize battery life and minimize data charges set a less frequent interval for sending and receiving email Review all download settings Select this option to change download settings See Changing email download settings Other email accounts for information 10 Press Finish right softkey If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers You can set up an account in the Messaging application to send and receive email messages using an email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP an email account that you access using a VPN server connection such as a work account see Connecting to a VPN or any other IMAP or POP email account 104 SETTING UP EMAIL YOUR EMAIL O a W E lt BEFORE YOU BEGIN Work with you
184. ear credit cards or other items that could be demagnetized CHAPTER Back view NO oO f W Speaker Expansion card microSD slot under back panel Wi Fi IR infrared port Reset button under back panel Stylus Camera lens DID YOU KNOW To save power when your smartphone screen turns off the Wi Fi feature turns off Press Wi Fi to turn this feature back on and quickly reconnect to a network You can also set an option to leave the Wi Fi feature on see Customizing Wi Fi settings Tip To connect a lanyard sold separately remove the back panel connect the lanyard and replace the back panel Removing the back panel 1 With the back panel facing you push the lowerright corner of the back panel with your right thumb Then use both thumbs and firmly slide the panel away from you to release it NOTE The back panel might be difficult to remove the first few times If you have trouble removing the back panel as 18 TREO PRO SMARTPHONE BY PALM OVERVIEW described go to the Knowledge Library at kb palm com Enter 30457 in the solution id field to learn different ways to remove the back panel See Replacing the battery for information on how to insert and remove the battery See Using expansion cards for information on how to insert an expansion card Top view SETTING UP O CHAPTER C E Lo wig J Power Ringer switch slide to turn off all sounds
185. easily search your documents by sorting by type Deleting a document 1 2 4 CHAPTER Go to the documents list Highlight the document you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Word Mobile 1 2 4 Go to the document list Press Menu right softkey and select Options Set any of the following options Default template Sets the default template for new documents Save to Sets the default location where new documents are stored Display in list view Sets the types of files that appear in the documents list Press OK WORD MOBILE 237 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER PowerPoint Mobile With Microsoft Office PowerPoint Mobile you can open and view slide show presentations created on your computer Many presentation elements such as slide transitions animations and URL links are also supported Microsoft Office PowerPoint features not supported on your smartphone include the following e Notes written for slides e Rearrangement or editing of slides e Files created in PPT format earlier than Microsoft PowerPoint 97 e HTML files in HTM and MHT formats Playing a presentation 1 Press Start 4 and select Office Mobile 2 Select PowerPoint Mobile ia 3 In the presentation list select the presentation you want to play 4 Do any of the follow
186. ect Name and enter a new name for the file 4 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 5 Select the Type list and then select the file type you want to save the file as 6 Select the Location list and then select where you want to store the file Main memory or Storage card The Storage card option appears only if you have an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone 7 Select Save Copying text from a web page You can copy text from a web page and paste it into other applications 1 Press Menu right softkey gt Copy Paste gt Make Selection 2 Use the stylus to highlight the text you want to copy CHAPTER BROWSING THE WEB O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Press Copy left softkey Go to the application in which you want to paste the text and then position the cursor where you want to paste the text Press Menu right softkey gt Copy Paste gt Paste tip If Internet Explorer Mobile does not recognize a phone number as dialable you can copy the phone number as text and paste it into the phone Keypad Returning to recently viewed pages The History list stores the addresses of the pages you visited recently 1 2 Press Menu right softkey gt History Use Up A or Down Y to highlight an entry in the History list Press Open left softkey Customizing your Internet Explorer
187. ect Reply and then select a reply method Picture Message Video Message or SMS View detailed information about the message Press Menu right softkey and select Show gt Message Detail View detailed information about a recipient who is in your Contacts list Press Menu right softkey and select Show gt Contact Details TIP When you have a contact s details displayed press Menu right softkey to see several other options like permanently blocking future messages from this contact View detailed information about the attached file Press Contents left softkey and then press Properties left softkey SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES tip When you are viewing a message s contents press Menu right softkey to see several other options like saving the attached file with a new name DID YOU KNOW When viewing a multimedia message containing multiple slides you can press Right on the 5 way to move to the next slide or press Left on the 5 way to move to the previous slide 4 Press OK i Using Messaging to chat When you exchange more than one message with a single contact the messages you exchange with that person are grouped into a chat session When you select a chat session from your message list the upper part of the screen displays all messages you ve exchanged with this contact and the lower part provides a text entry area 1 Press Messaging
188. edule for details e Press Start select Programs and then select ActiveSync YH Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server Make sure the verify password setting is on This is required for over the air synchronization have problems sending email If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them try the following steps in turn e Make sure your ISP or email provider allows you to access email on a smartphone Some providers do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade for accessing email on a smartphone e Press Start 4 select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server Make sure the SSL box is checked e Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to send email through their servers In this case you can almost always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server see Setting up a POP IMAP account in EMAIL the Messaging application Common email providers My vCard or vCal email attachment isn t forwarding correctly Microsoft Office Outlook provides several features including vCard and vCal that work with email client software on a Windows computer For these features to work
189. ee Turning your phone on Press Messaging 2 Select SMSWIMS 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New gt Picture Message or Video Message 4 Select an existing picture or video or select Custom to start with a blank MMS layout SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES e Separate addresses with a semicolon Enter a semicolon by pressing Option 8 K CHAPTER e Need to enter an underscore Press Alt a and select the character It s the third character in the list tip To display the Cc and Bcc address fields navigate to the To field and press Up on the 5 way Enter the recipient s mobile phone number or email address 6 Select Subject and enter a title for the e Enter the first letters of the recipient s message first or last name the first and last 7 If you selected Custom in step 4 tap initials separated by a space or the one or more of the following email address If a match is found in Insert photo video Enables you to your Contacts list select the name insert a photo or video You can take a If the recipient s name is in an online new picture or video with the built in address book you can find the name camera or insert an existing item and add it see Using an online address book Insert text here Enables you to enter a text caption or message for the slide you inserted You can also tap any of the fol
190. elect one of the following 6 Press OK Personal Displays the event on your smartphone and on your computer eeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Personal near the op of an open appointment The next time you synchronize the meeting request is sent to the attendees When attendees accept your request the meeting is automatically added to their schedules When you receive their Private Displays the event on your response your calendar is updated as well smartphone and on your computer eeting attendees or recipients see Replying to a meeting request Please treat this as Private near the You receive and reply to meeting requests op of an open appointment If you sync in the Messaging application see Working with an Exchange server other users with meeting invitations If you accept or who can access your folders can t see tentatively accept an invitation it shows up your private events they see private as an appointment in your Calendar events as unavailable time slots CALENDAR Confidential Displays the event on your smartphone and on your computer Meeting attendees or recipients see Please treat this as Confidential near the top of an open appointment tip If you don t see an option on the screen press Down on the 5 way to scroll to other options For example when editing an event you don t see the Sensitivity option until you scroll toward the bottom of
191. electing the memory icon CHAPTER SYSTEM SETTINGS CHAPTER 4 Press OK 6 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Storage Card Displays the amount of memory available on an expansion card that has been inserted into the expansion slot on your smartphone Optimizing power settings 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Power 3 On the Battery tab view the power remaining in your battery Main battery U lon Battery pone meme 100 tip An easy way to check the battery level is by tapping the battery icon in the title bar Select the Advanced tab and set whether your smartphone screen turns off automatically after a specified period of inactivity You can assign different intervals for battery power and external power GU Ty am 12 20 ok On battery power papaa Imun amp On external power a Then olf dese rot rad 7 for Beary diarios Sereertsawer Select the Screen Saver tab and check the box to enable the screen saver feature or uncheck it to disable the screen saver Press OK SYSTEM SETTINGS Tip To conserve additional battery power disable the screen saver or adjust the display backlight setting Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight On the Battery Power tab set whether the display backlight turns off automatically af
192. ent YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER Year Shows a calendar for a sixmonth period Tip To switch views press the left softkey Don t confuse the view name displayed above the left softkey with the current view The left softkey displays the name of the next view you see when you press the key 4 Use the 5 way to move to another day week month or year depending on the current view Creating an appointment 1 Press Calendar 2 Press Menu right softkey and select New Appointment w 9 30 08 12 00 P crete 9 30 08 Alper No oor Once Hemet Remind me 15 minute s ies Camgerts No apparament ones CHAPTER CALENDAR D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 3 Entera subject description and a location 4 Select Starts and select the starting date and time 5 Select Ends and select the ending date and time 6 Press OK L tip To pencil in an appointment open the appointment select Status and then select Tentative TIP You can display your appointments on your Today screen see Selecting which items appear on your Today screen Adding an alarm reminder to an event 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Reminder and then select Remind me 4 Enter the number of minutes hours days or weeks before the event you would like to receive the alarm E
193. er on the 5 way CHAPTER BROWSING THE WEB 158 1 Press Start s and select Internet Explorer CHAPTER tip If your Today screen is displayed press Internet right softkey to open Internet Explorer Mobile 2 Highlight the address line enter the address of the web page you want to view and press Center To return to a recently viewed page select the address line list and then select the web address DID You KNOW If you browse to a secure web page the lock icon in the address line appears closed instead of open E Windows Mobile Phones Helo Tota Acces Ley Windows Life Beyond Your PC wh y wird Prats tre video 3 YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES Optional Press Menu right softkey select View and then select one of the following Full Screen Hides the status and navigation areas and fills the entire screen with the web page To exit full screen mode press the right softkey or tap and hold anywhere on the screen and uncheck Full Screen Mobile Maintains a layout similar to what you see on a desktop computer but it makes items smaller and arranges the content so that you can see most of it without scrolling horizontally Desktop Keeps the same layout and size as on a desktop computer which requires both horizontal and vertical scrolling Use this mode to view embedded videos on websites and other content that doesn t display we
194. esses of primary and alternate DNS and WINS servers Press OK a CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK 173 O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology With the Bluetooth wireless technology on your smartphone you can connect to a number of Bluetooth devices such as a headset or hands free car kit as well as to other phones handhelds or piconets When you connect to another device you create a partnership also referred to by terms such as trusted pair trusted device or pairing with that device If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can also synchronize wirelessly or use your phone as a wireless modem KEY TERM Partnership Two devices for example your smartphone and a hands free device that can connect because each device finds the same passkey on the other device After you form a partnership with a device you don t need to enter a passkey to connect with that device again KEY TERM Piconet An ad hoc network of devices that uses Bluetooth wireless technology to connect one master device with up two seven active slave devices You can create a list of Bluetooth devices that you trust to communicate with your smartphone When communicating with trusted devices your smartphone skips the discovery process and creates a secure link as long as the device is within range Bluetooth range i
195. essing the key that a oh e et e corresponds to the character you want gt For example to enter an presse See E EEEE the Symbols and accented characters forF f table for a list of corresponding aie characters 3 Press Up A or Down Y to highlight Hu the desired character lorL 4 Press Center O to insert the character n N TIP Some symbols such as an underscore _ lt Se do not correspond to a letter key To enter o 000080 these symbols press Alt by itself and then O 00OCEO select the symbol from the list porP Y Symbols and accented characters Cork s R Press Altand To select S R press TM a aadaaae tor A A MAAAMA ps sto borB B U ey z cgo x or X xo C C O y yy USING THE KEYBOARD Press Alt and _ To select press Y YY 0 o 1 8 E 1 Y R 22 3 8 1 33 H Ye 8 24 2 0 N Press Alt an by itself to select these characters amp _ AFSEL X ELI lt gt 00 2 gp Opening and closing MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER applications Opening applications on the Start menu 1 Press Start menu to open the Start Use the 5 way navigator to highlight the application you want to use To open a recently used application highlight its icon at the top of the Start menu Internet Explorer lp My Treo Ml Pictures Videos Windo
196. eting requests If the account list is displayed Press messages Menu right softkey and select Options Adding a contact from an email message If the message list for a specific You can add a contact name or email account is displayed Press Menu address to your Contacts list directly from right softkey and select Tools gt the To cc or bec field of an email Options message You can select the name or address from either an outgoing or an incoming message and you can either create a new contact or add the Select Download Size Settings information to an existing contact 3 On the Accounts tab select the IMAP4 account name 5 Select the Message download limit 1 i 3 In an open message press Down Y to list and select Entire message highlight the name or address of the 6 Select the Download attachments list contact you want to add and then select either All attachments 5 Press Center O or one of the size limit options WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 15 Q YOUR EMAIL e wW E lt z 3 Press Save left softkey also called a directory service or a Global 4 Highlight lt New Contact gt and press Address List GAL After you create and Select left softkey to create a new enable an email account the Messaging contact entry for this name or address application checks your contacts list and or select an existing contact and press then the directory service to verify names Select left
197. etup a Try lo get emal serte omic om the memet Press Next right softkey If you did not check the box in step 5 or the setup process does not find account settings press Next right softkey If prompted select one of the following as your email provider Internet e mail Select this option if you access email from any type of email account except a corporate account that uses an Exchange server Exchange server Select this option if you access email from a corporate email account using an Exchange server Custom domain Select this option if the part of your email address after the symbol is not the same as your email provider name For example select this option if your email address is user mycompany com but your actual email provider is live com If you select this option press Next right softkey and enter your actual email provider domain name 9 Press Next right softkey 10 Enter your name and if you want change your account display name to something meaningful For example if this is your work email account you can change the display name to Work or your company s name 106 SETTING UP EMAIL mall Setup y Vour name JS User Exctmpte kevn Cock Account display name Werk ha name forte account on te dice 11 Press Next right softkey 12 Enter the name of the incoming mail server E mall Setup y Incoming mall server ra
198. ey of the desired character You don t need to hold Option while pressing the key Press Option 8 twice to turn on Option Lock and then press the desired keys to enter a series of characters When Option Lock is on this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen To turn off Option Lock press Option again MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE Entering passwords CHAPTER You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure that Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless you need them For information on how to enter characters see Entering lowercase and uppercase letters and Entering numbers punctuation and symbols Entering other symbols and accented characters You can enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys by using the alternate characters list Tip The alternate characters are grouped according to their similarity to the corresponding key For example the alternate character available for the R key is and for the T key is If you press the wrong key press Backspace to return to the full list of alternate characters You can then press another key USING THE KEYBOARD 7 O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Press Alt an to display the alternate h i Press Alt and To select character list press 2 Narrow the list by pr
199. f an incoming call uses caller ID blocking you cannot save the number Call Ended 510 555 7237 Save to contacts 1 On the prompt that appears after you hang up the call press Yes left softkey 2 Do one of the following Create a new contact Select lt New Contact gt Add this number to an existing contact Select the contact name Decline adding the number Press Cancel right softkey Tip You can turn off the Save to Contacts prompt When the prompt appears select Do not ask again CHAPTER WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL 57 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER If you don t add a number right away follow these steps to add it later 1 Press Phone Send 2 Highlight the number you want to save 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Contacts 4 Do one of the following Create a new contact Select lt New Contact gt Add this number to an existing contact Select the contact name Decline adding the number Press Cancel right softkey Making a second call You can make a second call while your first call is still active 1 Place your first call on hold by pressing Phone Send O 2 Dial the second number you want to call Or if the number appears on the recent calls list highlight the number 3 Press Phone Send O Answering a second call call waiting When you re on a call and you receive a second call the call waiting notification appears You can do either of the
200. f producing loud noises which may damage your hearing When using the speakerphone feature it is recommended that you place your smartphone at a safe distance from your ear Blackouts and Seizures Blinking lights such as those experienced with television or playing video games may cause some people to experience blackout or seizure even if never experienced before In the event a smartphone user should experience any disorientation loss of awareness convulsion eye or muscle twitching or other involuntary movements stop use immediately and consult a doctor Individuals with personal or family history of such events should consult a doctor before using the device To limit the possibility of such symptoms wherever possible every hour take a minimum of 15 minutes use in a well lighted area view the screen from the farthest distance and avoid exposure to blinking lights if you are tired Operating Machinery Do not use your smartphone while operating machinery Full attention must be given to operating the machinery in order to reduce the risk of an accident Aircraft While in aircraft follow all instructions regarding the operation of your smartphone Use of your smartphone while on board an aircraft must be done in accordance in compliance with airline instructions and regulations Vehicles with Air Bags Your smartphone should not be placed in a position that would affect the operation of air bag deployment or in a position that
201. f the week for all Calendar views Week view Specifies whether five six or seven days appear in Week View Show half hour slots Specifies whether time slots appear in hour or half hour increments in Day View and Week View Show week numbers Specifies whether week numbers 1 through 52 appear in Week View Select the Appointments tab and set any of the following options Options Bitene tor new Gems is e minet stow kore DARADA eer Outlook E mail Set reminders for new items Specifies whether a reminder is automatically added to new events and how long before the event the reminder appears You can override this setting for individual events Show icons Specifies which icons appear next to events amp The event has a reminder 218 CALENDAR 49 The event repeats in a specified pattern A The event has a note attached 2 A location has been assigned to the event amp The event is a meeting The event is marked private tip Not all icons appear in all Calendar views 4 Press OK Send meeting requests via Specifies the email account used to send meeting requests Sending an appointment 1 2 3 Press Calendar Highlight the appointment you want to send Select one of the following Beam an appointment to a nearby device Press Menu right softkey and select Beam Appointment Select the receivin
202. following Send the new call to voicemail Press Ignore right softkey Place the current call on hold and answer the new call Press Accept left softkey or press Phone Send O When you have finished your second call wait for the caller to hang up If you press End O you will end both calls Making a conference call IMPORTANT Not all service plans support the conference call feature Check with your wireless service provider to confirm that your service plan includes conference calling Additional charges may apply and minutes in your mobile account may be deducted for each call Please contact your wireless service provider for more information 58 WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL 1 Put the first call on hold and make a second call see Making a second call Go Eg ae 12 20 X O46 Speaker On When the second call connects all three calls are joined into a conference call Speaker On Note Keypad 2 When you have finished press End O once to hang up all calls YOUR PHONE O Working with called numbers You can redial a number you ve recently called see Redialing a recently called number You can also view call details send a text message to a number save a number to your contact list and more Working with recently called numbers 1 Press Phone Send O Tip On the recent calls list outgoing calls are designated by a right pointing green arrow and incoming calls are design
203. ftkey and select Tools gt Sort By 3 Select Message Type From sender Received date received or Subject Deleting messages 1 Go to the Inbox or other folder containing the message you want to delete 2 Do one of the following e To delete one message highlight it NOTE If you highlight a conversation containing multiple messages all the chat messages are marked for deletion e To delete all messages at once press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Clear SMS MMS and skip to step 4 3 Press Delete left softkey 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Messages you delete are moved to the Deleted Items folder To remove these items from your smartphone completely press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Empty Deleted Items Setting message preferences You can set options for both text and multimedia messages in the Messaging application You can set options for all messages and for multimedia messages only You can also set send options for a single text message see Creating and sending a text_message and for a single multimedia message see Setting options for an outgoing multimedia message Customizing settings for text messages 1 Press Messaging 2 Select SMS MMS 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New gt SMS SETTING MESSAGE PREFERENCES YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHA
204. g device YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D CHAPTER Send a multimedia message containing the appointment Press Menu right softkey and select Send as vCalendar Address the multimedia message and press Send left softkey Tasks You can use Tasks to remind you of tasks you need to complete and to keep a record of completed tasks Adding a task 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select Tasks 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New Task 4 Entera description of the task in the Subject field TASKS D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 5 Set any of the following sue None Ta fase None air Priority Specifies the priority level for this task Later you can arrange your tasks based on the importance of each task Status Indicates whether the task is now completed Starts Specifies when the task begins Due Specifies the due date for the task Occurs Indicates if the task repeats at regular intervals and how often it repeats 6 Reminder Sets an alarm for this task and indicates when you want to be reminded Categories Assigns the task to one or more categories To add a new category press New left softkey enter the category name and press OK Sensitivity Marks this task as Normal Personal Private or Confidential see Marking an event as sensitive for descriptions of these terms Optional Select the N
205. g device happens to be vulnerable to interference you may not be able to use a rated phone successfully Trying out the phone with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs M Ratings Phones rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference with hearing devices than phones that are not labeled M4 is the better higher of the two ratings Ratings Phones rated T3 orT4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to be more usable with a hearing device s telecoil T switch or Telephone Switch than unrated phones T4 is the better higher of the two ratings The more immune your hearing aid device is the less likely you are to experience interference noise from your wireless phone Hearing aid devices should have ratings similar to those of phones Ask your hearing health care professional for the rating of your hearing aid Add the rating of your hearing aid and your phone to determine probable usability e Any combined rating equal to or greater than six offers the best use e Any combined rating equal to five is considered normal use e Any combined rating equal to four is considered usable Thus if you pair an M3 hearing aid with an M3 phone you will have a combined rating of six for best use This is synonymous for T ratings Palm further suggests that you experiment with multiple phones even those not labeled M3 T3 or M4 T4 while in the store to fi
206. g the page directly from the Internet press Menu right softkey and select Refresh After confirming your Internet connection try to view the page in question again If it comes up blank press Menu right softkey and select Refresh If you re still having trouble the page may contain elements that are not supported by Internet Explorer Mobile such as Flash Shockwave VBScript WML script and other plug ins Some websites use a redirector to their true home page For example if you enter the address http palm com support it may resolve to http palm com us support If Internet Explorer Mobile can t follow the redirect try using a desktop browser to see the landing page of the redirector and enter that address in Internet Explorer Mobile TIP Your smartphone can open your email application when you select an email address on a web page If nothing happens when you select the link try setting up your email application first An image or map is too small on my smartphone screen Internet Explorer Mobile has several viewing modes Full Screen Mobile and Desktop Switch to Full Screen or Desktop mode to see the full size image see Viewing a web page A secure site refuses to permit a transaction Some websites don t support certain browsers for transactions Please contact the site s webmaster to make sure the site allows transactions using Internet Explorer Mobile Camera DID YO
207. ge Folders command 113 129 Manage tab 281 MAPI clients 327 maps 328 margins 236 atch case option 234 248 Match entire cells option 248 Match whole words only option 234 measurement units 284 media file types 199 media files adding to playlists 203 204 copying 186 playing 201 202 storing 203 synchronizing 81 185 187 200 201 transferring 200 203 troubleshooting 323 Media Player 81 323 Media Player library 201 203 Media Player Mobile 81 199 206 medical devices 341 meeting invitations See meeting requests meeting requests addressing 117 creating 129 215 receiving 129 sending 215 216 219 memory displaying available 271 freeing 264 324 331 low conditions for 297 running apps and 269 storing numbers in 275 memory buttons 275 Memory icon 271 297 Memory screen 297 memory usage 297 memos See messages notes menu items 33 34 enu key 33 menus 33 34 Menus icon 285 Menus screen 285 essage Detail command 135 142 essage format option 125 Message Options screen 11 message preferences 145 146 368 INDEX message templates 139 messages See also email multimedia and text messages dialing from 52 displaying notification 282 displaying unread 43 48 formatting 138 139 storing 331 viewing info about 135 142 viewing voicemail 54 Messaging application See also text messages multimedia messages adding contacts and 209 receiving meeting requests and 129 receiving me
208. ge server see Desktop sync software TIP If you are synchronizing with an Exchange server and you re unable to change your lock settings check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place 324 SYNCHRONIZATION An alert tells me that the server could not be reached Your smartphone had to wait too long to connect to the Exchange server The connection may have been lost the server may be temporarily overloaded or the server may have encountered an internal error Check your Exchange server name and proxy server settings see Setting up wireless synchronization and try again later An alert tells me that my account information could not be detected When you set up the Exchange server sync options the credentials page was left blank Correct the credentials see Setting up wireless synchronization or set up your smartphone to sync only with a computer and try to sync again An alert tells me the device timed out while waiting for credentials The Exchange server credentials screen was left open too long Re enter the Exchange server credentials and try to sync again TROUBLESHOOTING D Email l have problems using my account Occasionally you may experience problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure and are experiencing problems in using the account verify that the account complies with your
209. ge the default text of he message Press Start 42 On the Persona and select Settings tab select Phone E Select the Advanced tab To turn on the text message feature check the Reject call with text message box erre oa mess E TA you Dak em da bo Contacte st odo v LE n 4 Optional To change the content of the message select the text in the box and enter the text you want Press OK 76 CUSTOM IZING PHONE SETTINGS CHAPTER 5 Synchronizing information Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other There s no need to enter information twice Some types of synchronization can happen on an automated schedule so you don t even have to think about it After you get into the habit of synchronizing regularly you ll know what a powerful tool synchronization is for transferring updating and backing up large amounts of information on your smartphone Benefits e Quickly enter and update Send photos and videos to your information on your computer and smartphone from your desktop your smartphone computer e Protect your information In this chapter SWC MMOMIPZMIOM OMEIMIEW os pp casdccsspacssdcuspeugedeuus 7S HON ANE N E aS O 79 NOE CE ESY NOE n E A E A AA NE 80 Setting up your
210. gency number If the phone is turned off you don t have to turn it on You don t have to press Option 8 If you lock your smartphone and select Simple PIN as the password type dial the emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Send O If you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type however you must press Option B twice before entering the number in the password field See Locking your smartphone Dialing from a web page or message Your smartphone recognizes most phone numbers that appear in web pages or in messages text email or multimedia 1 Use the 5 way to highlight the phone number you want to dial in the web page or message Verify or edit the number Press Phone Send O to dial 52 MAKING CALLS Tip If you can t dial a phone number directly from a web page or a message highlight the number select Edit right softkey and then select Copy Open the Keypad press Menu right softkey and select Paste Press Phone Send to dial Tip Select a phone number in a message press Menu right softkey and then press Save to Contacts to create a new contact containing the highlighted information or to edit an existing contact to include the highlighted information Receiving calls If you want to answer calls your phone must be on This is different from having only the screen turned on see Turning your YOUR PHONE O If music is playing when
211. gt icon to preview the ringtone sound If you selected Missed call or Voice mail set the following options e Check the Play Sound box if you want to have a sound played when the event occurs e If you checked the Play Sound box then select the sound for the selected type of call You can also check the Repeat box to have the sound repeated YOUR PHONE O e Optional Select the Play gt icon to preview the sound CHAPTER e Check the Display message on screen box to have a message displayed when the event occurs Check the Vibrate when boxes to turn the vibrate feature on or off based on the Ringer switch setting Repeat steps 4 through 7 to select ringtones for other types of calls Press OK DID YOU KNOW You can add preview delete and send sounds on your smartphone You can also set sounds for messaging notifications and calendar reminders See Selecting Sounds amp Notifications CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 7 CHAPTER YOUR PHONE Adjusting call and ringer volume Assigning a caller ID ringtone 1 On your Today screen press Contacts left softkey x Edit 5 Select ato S amp S 2 Highlight the contact s name 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Select Ring tone ne for this contact entry 6 Press OK Enabling TTY Tro You can enable your smartphone for use with a TTY TDD device A TTY also known Volume as a TDD
212. haracters symbols speech recognition software 345 speed dial 49 62 63 Speed Dial command 63 spell checking 112 134 236 Sports mode 188 190 spreadsheet templates 239 241 250 spreadsheet toolbar 242 spreadsheets See also Excel Mobile workbooks worksheets accessing 227 adding charts to 247 248 INDEX calculations in 242 244 creating 239 customizing filters for 247 deleting elements in 249 display options for 241 242 entering data in 241 244 formatting 239 245 246 insertion options for 244 scrolling 242 searching 248 sorting in 247 Sprite Backup application 89 SSL protocol 335 Start button 39 Start menu 39 285 starting data connections 302 Excel Mobile 241 Internet Explorer Mobile 156 PowerPoint Mobile 238 Quick Tour 13 synchronization 86 88 Word Mobile 233 stereo headphones 200 stopping playback 202 stopping synchronization 97 Storage Card folder 271 storage card symbol 261 Storage Card tab 298 storage cards See expansion cards storage space 297 324 storing applications 331 document files 233 235 237 249 information 268 331 media files 203 pictures 188 smartphone 17 18 videos 191 workbooks 249 streaming 203 335 Strong alphanumeric passwords 52 292 stylus 29 31 submenus 33 Suggest words when entering text option 289 support 13 symbols 37 38 243 sync applications 79 87 sync conflicts 92 Sync dialing options 93 sync errors 186 sync icons 64 sync mode 86 sync options
213. have connected on your computer open your web browser to confirm that you can connect to the Internet Wireless Modem Wireless Modem WModem is a feature that converts your smartphone into a modem so that you can access the Internet from your computer NOTE You may need to subscribe to an appropriate data plan to use Wireless Modem Contact your wireless service provider for details Setting up your device as a USB modem 1 Connect your smartphone to the computer using the USB cable 2 On your smartphone press Start s and select Programs 3 Select WModem NOTE When you start Wireless Modem ActiveSync is disabled automatically 4 On the Wireless Modem screen select USB as the Connection type 5 Press Menu right softkey gt Start The computer will then recognize your device as a USB modem 6 On your computer go to the Control Panel and open Phone and Modem Options 7 Select the Modems tab Select the new modem from the Modems list then select OK Creating a modem dial up connection on a Windows Vista computer After your Windows Vista computer recognizes your device as a modem create a modem dial up connection on your computer 1 On your computer select Start gt Control Panel 2 Double click Network and Sharing Center 3 On the left hand panel of the Network and Sharing Center select Set up a connection or network 4 Select Set up a dial up connection and then select
214. headset button if the headset is attached and has a button on it Some headsets do not have a button Switching applications during a call Press Start 4 and select the application This is easiest when using the speakerphone or a headset You can open the Contacts application directly from the Phone screen by selecting Contacts 56 WHAT CAN DO DURING A CALL From any application press Phone Send O to return to your Phone screen To go to your Today screen press Start s and select Today You can use many other applications on your smartphone including the organizer and text message features while holding a phone conversation You cannot however make some data connections during an active call while connected to an EVDO network If you re connected to an EVDO network you cannot browse the web or send and receive email or MMS messages while on a voice call If you re connected to a CDMA 1X network you can perform simultaneous voice and data functions How can you tell which kind of network you re connected to See What are all those icons NOTE Some wireless service providers do not support simultaneous voice and data functions over a 1X network Check with your wireless service provider for information YOUR PHONE O Saving phone numbers After you hang up a call you can add the number of the person you were talking with to Contacts if it s not already in your list I
215. help 1 If your smartphone responds to key presses press and hold Power to turn off your phone If the screen display is on press Power to turn off the screen Remove the back panel from your smartphone see Removing the back panel Slide the stylus out from its slot Use the stylus tip to gently press the reset button 308 RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE 6 Wait for the progress bar on the Palm logo screen to fill before continuing to use your smartphone 7 Slide the back panel into place tip You can also do a soft reset by removing the battery and reinserting it DID YOU KNOW If the phone or the Bluetooth wireless technology feature was on before a reset these automatically turn on after the reset Performing a hard reset A hard reset erases all personal information such as appointments contacts and tasks as well as programs you have added such as third party software on your smartphone Never do a hard reset without first trying a soft reset You can restore previously synchronized information the next time you sync IMPORTANT Synchronize to restore your Outlook data such as Outlook email Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks You can use a backup and restore solution Make sure it s an application that s approved by Palm such as the one included on your smartphone TROUBLESHOOTING D Tip Some third party applications do not create a backup on your computer when you synchroni
216. hem to a contact 00 Panorama Captures a sequence of still images continuously and allows you to combine them into a panoramic view ox Sports Captures a sequence of 3 5 7 or 10 still images with a single button press Burst Captures a sequence of up to 30 still images while you hold down the Center button To switch camera modes do the following 1 Press and hold the Side button 2 Press Left 4 or Right until the icon for the mode you want appears in the upperleft corner of the screen Mode icon Taking a picture By default pictures are stored in the My Pictures folder on your smartphone If you want to store your pictures on an expansion card you can change where pictures are stored see Customizing your Camera settings For information on accessing your pictures on your computer see Windows XP or Windows Vista 188 CAMERA DID YOU KNOW Pictures are captured and stored in 16 bit color JPG format Resolution settings range from a low end of QOQVGA 120 x 160 pixels to a high end of 2 megapixels 1600 x 1200 pixels You can change the default setting See Customizing your Camera settings for details 1 Press and hold the Side button Tip If you see the Video or MMS Video icon in the upperleft corner of the screen press Left or Right on the 5 way until one of the camera icons appears 2 Aim your smartphone as you would any camera to frame your subject in the smar
217. her of the following Turn on available network notification Sets whether a list of networks appears when you turn on the Wi Fi feature Turn off Wi Fi if not connected in Sets the time interval for turning off the Wi Fi feature if your smartphone does not connect to a network Press Save right softkey Press OK a 172 CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O Customizing network adapter settings 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Wi Fi M7 3 Select the Network Adapters tab and set any of the following f Gonfigure Network Adaplers o A 4 aprisa curd conectt to as Tap a ate to mod vette IGEE 602 11b g Compatible WAR Ada NENON Compatible Ethernet Driver Bluetooth PAN Cr iver ApyreMac MDISWAN Miriport RemoteNOls Host My network card connects to Sets the default network connection type for your smartphone Work or The Internet Tap an adapter to modify settings Lets you edit network adapter information Select the adapter you want and then select either of the following tabs CHAPTER Use server ussigned IP 00d ess O Use specific IP actress oz IP adden Name Servers Cancel e IP Address Sets whether the server assigns an IP address or whether you enter a specific IP address e Name Servers Lets you enter the addr
218. hicles unless a hands free kit with an external antenna is included in the installation RF energy may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating and entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or representative to determine if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF energy Also check with the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to the vehicle Driving Safety Driving Safety Tips Overview Always obey all laws and regulations on the use of the smartphone in your driving area Safety Your most important call The Wireless Industry reminds you to use your smartphone safely when driving 1 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial 2 Use a hands free device Position your smartphone within easy reach 4 Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions w 5 Do not take notes look up phone numbers read write e mail or surf the internet while driving 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your attention from the road 8 Dial your national emergency number to report serious emergencies This is a free call from your smartphone 9 Use your smartphone to help others in emergenc
219. hlight the file and select Properties e To remove all items from the Now Playing playlist press Menu right softkey and select Clear Now Playing 204 WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile 1 If you are on any screen other than the Playback screen press OK to go to the Playback screen 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 On the Playback tab you can set the following option Show time as Sets whether the time remaining or the time elapsed appears in the Playback screen YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O Select the Video tab and set one of the following options CHAPTER Play video in full screen Sets whether videos automatically play in full screen format Scale to fit window Sets whether videos are automatically scaled to fit the Playback screen Select the Network tab and set the following options Protocol Enables and disables the available protocols You must select at least one protocol You can also set a UDP Port Internet connection speed Specifies the speed of your network connection and specifies whether you want the device to detect connection speed Select the Library tab and set whether you want to see the Library or Playback screen when you open Windows Media Player Mobile Select the Skins tab and select Previous or Next to set the player s background WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE O YOUR PHOTOS
220. hone number You can assign a speed dial to any contact phone number You can assign up to 99 speed dials BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you can assign a speed dial to a contact phone number you must create some contacts see Adding a contact or import them by synchronizing see Synchronizing information From your Today screen press Contacts left softkey Highlight the contact to whom you want to assign a speed dial and press Center Highlight the phone number to which you want to assign a speed dial 4 Press Menu right softkey and select Add to Speed Dial Contact Anderson Smilla Name Anderson Smilta Number Locator gt lt Avallbles aly If you want to change the name for this speed dial select the Name list and enter a new name Select the Location list and then select the speed dial you want to assign to this phone number Press Up amp or Down Y to scroll the list of available speed dials Press OK F DID YOU KNOW You cannot assign O zero or 1 as a speed dial The number 0 is reserved for entering the symbol in a phone number and the number 1 is reserved for dialing your voicemail system 62 ASSIGNING A SPEED DIAL TO A PHONE NUMBER Tip You can also assign a speed dial to a contact from the recent calls list Press Phone Send to open the list press Menu right softkey and select Speed Dial Press Menu right softkey select New and then
221. i Fi network Your smartphone is connected to a Wi Fi network but you are not actively transmitting data Your smartphone is connected to a Wi Fi network and you are actively transmitting data ActiveSync synchronization is in progress Your smartphone is connected to a computer or network or Windows Mobile Device Center synchronization is in progress A data connection is not available or your phone is off Your smartphone s battery is low E Wireless service provider name Your smartphone s battery is being charged Your smartphone is connected to a power outlet and the battery is fully charged Your phone is on When you turn off your phone Phone Off appears instead A call is in progress and your smartphone is connected to a Bluetooth headset or car kit You have a reminder If the reminder is not displayed on your Today screen tap the icon to open the reminder You have an alert from Microsoft If the alert is not displayed on your Today screen tap the icon to open the alert Your GPS satellite data has expired 64 WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS y You are in an area that supports mobile broadband EVDO data services EVDO Evolution Data Optimized is a wireless broadband technology that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 600Kbps It is capable of reaching download speeds up to 3 1Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps Your
222. ies 10 Call roadside assistance or a special non emergency wireless number when necessary Driving Safety Tips Details 1 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial Carefully read your instruction manual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most smartphone models offer including automatic redial and memory dial Also work to memorize the smartphone keyboard so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road 2 Use a hands free device A number of hands free smartphone accessories are readily available today Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your smartphone or a speakerphone accessory take advantage of these devices If driving while using a smartphone is permitted in your area we recommend using a phone headset or a hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and do so only if it is legal and you can do so safely 3 Make sure you place your smartphone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient t
223. ile you are on a call See Creating and sending a text message on piconet An ad hoc network of devices that uses Bluetooth wireless technology to connect one master device with up to seven active slave devices The network can include up to 255 inactive or parked slave devices that the master device can bring into active status at any time PIM personal information manager A genre of software that includes applications such as Microsoft Outlook Palm Desktop software Lotus Notes and ACT PIMs generally store contacts schedules tasks and memos Secure Sockets Layer SSL A security protocol that enables you to send personal information in a more secure manner over the Internet streaming Technology that enables you to access media content for example watch video or listen to an audio program directly from the Internet on your smartphone without needing to download and save a file on your smartphone See Viewing a video synchronization The process in which information that is entered or updated on your smartphone your computer or a server is automatically updated in one of the other locations either wirelessly or by means of a cable connection See Synchronizing information TERMS 638 username The name associated with your smartphone that distinguishes it from other Windows Mobile devices If you install desktop software you are asked to give your smartphone a username
224. ime let your voicemail answer it for you 4 Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions Rain sleet snow and ice can be hazardous but so is heavy traffic As a driver your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road 5 Do not take notes look up phone numbers read write e mail or surf the internet while driving If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a car or writing a to do list then you are not watching where you are going It s common sense Don t get caught in a dangerous situation because you are REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehicles 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip or attempt to schedule your calls with times you may be temporarily stopped or otherwise stationary But if you need to dial while driving follow this simple tip dial only a few numbers check the road and your mirrors then continue 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix they are distracting and even dangerous when you are behind the wheel Make peo
225. ime system settings 294 Time tab 294 time zones 294 295 timer 190 tips 11 TKIP encryption 169 Today screen accessing 42 changing color themes for 285 connecting to Bluetooth devices from 175 customizing 197 279 dialing from 49 recovering settings for 324 removing Quick Menu from 42 removing Quick Tour from 13 43 selecting running apps from 40 starting web searches from 155 viewing info on 42 43 viewing voicemail messages on 54 touchscreen See screen touchscreen lockout 290 291 touch sensitive feature 290 transactions 328 transition effects slides 239 transmission delays 316 Transparency level list 197 travel information 163 troubleshooting 13 305 trusted device list 175 trusted devices 174 177 See also partnerships trusted pairs See trusted devices TTY icon 73 TTY options 73 TTY TDD devices 72 75 Turn Hands free Off command 69 INDEX Turn Hands free On command 69 turning on or off alarms 281 295 event sounds 282 reminders 281 screen 298 Typing mode 224 U UMTS networks 57 unauthorized users 290 296 unavailable time slots 216 Unknown Caller option 71 unlocking smartphone 292 spreadsheet rows and columns 242 unread messages 43 48 141 unretrieved voicemail 54 untimed events 214 Update Library command 203 Update Setup screen 300 updating information 79 uppercase letters 36 289 URLs 122 238 See also web links USB cable 22 85 88 USB controllers 321
226. immediately Completing the setup Press Power to turn on your device It takes a few minutes for your smartphone to prepare for setup you ll see the Palm logo and then the Windows Mobile screen When prompted use the stylus see Back view to tap the screen Follow the onscreen instructions If prompted tap to reboot your device and complete the last step of the setup COMPLETING THE SETUP 19 O SETTING UP Activating your phone CHAPTER To check whether your phone is activated look at the Today screen e Your phone is activated if you see the name of your wireless service provider s name in the upper left corner e Your phone is not activated if your wireless service provider s name doesn t appear on the Today screen Contact your wireless service provider for activation instructions Making your first call 1 Press End O to display your Today screen En Ty ae 12 20 gt Contacts Internet 2 Press Center to turn off Keyguard see Locking your keyboard Keyguard for more info 3 Use the number keys to enter the number you want to call No match 4 Press Phone Send O to dial 5 Press End O to end the call Adjusting call volume When you re on a call press the Volume button on the side of your smartphone to adjust the call volume 20 MAKING YOUR FIRST CALL E Tr o Volume What s my number 1 Make sure your phon
227. indows XP or Windows Vista BEFORE YOU BEGIN Turn on the option to synchronize files see Changing which applications sync To synchronize files that you capture on or copy to your smartphone simply follow one of the procedures for synchronizing with your computer described in Synchronizing with desktop sync software After you synchronize you can view and edit the items on your computer see Where are the changes made to my file Synchronizing files that are on your computer Windows XP 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable NOTE Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your smartphone is connected to your computer CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZING YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE FILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 2 On your computer double click the a A 3 ActiveSync o icon in the taskbar in TIP If Files doesn t appear under Information y Type open the Tools menu and select the lowerright corner of your computer Options Make sure the Files box is checked screen to open the ActiveSync desktop Mar 4 Do either of the following tip If the ActiveSync icon does not appear in To copy a file from your computer to the taskbar click Start gt Programs gt your smartphone click Add browse Microsoft ActiveSync to open the to and highlight the file and click ActiveSync window Open e To delete a file from the file sync fol
228. ing e Press Right to advance to the next slide or Left 4 to view the previous slide NOTE lfa presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically Presentations pause during zooming e Press Center C select Go to Slide and then select the slide you want to view e Press Center and select Next or Previous to play animations e To zoom in press Center and select Zoom In Tap and drag the slide to scroll it 5 Toend the slide show press Center O and select End Show Setting presentation playback options 1 Highlight the presentation for which you want to change the settings 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Set up show 3 On the Orientation tab select the orientation you want To select the orientation that best fits your smartphone screen select Default POWERPOINT MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 4 Select the Playback tab and check the Override playback options for all files box 5 Set any of the following options Show without animation Turns off builds and other animations Show without slide transition Turns off transition effects between slides Use timings if present Enables the timings recorded with each slide in a presentation If a presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically Presentations pause during zooming Loop continuously Advances to the first slide after playing the last
229. inistrator DID YOU KNOW You can purchase a third party application that lets you run Palm OS applications on your smartphone DID YOU KNOW If you have questions about 1 Shut down your computer and turn it on Windows Mobile you can go to windowsmobile com Search for Palm devices again for information 2 Onyour computer click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs IMPORTANT Do not use a backup utility to 3 Remove your desktop software For transfer your info from another device to computers running Windows XF the your new smartphone This can cause your software is called Microsoft ActiveSync smartphone to malfunction For computers running Windows Vista the software is called Windows Mobile Device Center 4 Quit any active applications including virus scanners and Internet security applications TRANSFERRING INFO FROM ANOTHER DEVICE D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 5 On your smartphone press Start and select Programs Select PC Setup Ef Select Set up my PC Press OK Connect the USB cable to your smartphone by inserting it into the microUSB connector on the bottom of the smartphone Installation starts automatically omen O Resetting your smartphone Performing a soft reset Performing a soft reset is similar to restarting a computer If your smartphone is not responding or you have trouble synchronizing with your computer a soft reset may
230. ion of 1 5 cm 0 6 in separation from the body Failure to observe these on Non lonizing Radiation Protection ICNIRP The tests are instructions could result in your RF exposure exceeding the relevant performed in positions and locations as required by the FCC and IC guideline limits for each model Limiting exposure to radio frequency RF fields For individuals As SAR is measured utilizing the device s highest transmitting power concerned about limiting their exposure to RF fields the World the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that Health Organization WHO provides the following advice indicated below This is due to automatic changes to the ROWSE level Precautionary measures Present scientific information does not of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum power required to indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile communicate with the network phones If individuals are concerned they might choose to limit their The SAR limit for mobile devices set by FCC IC is 1 6 W kg averaged own or their children s RF exposure by limiting the length of calls or over 1 gram of tissue for the body or head 4 0 W kg averaged over using hands free devices to keep mobile phones away from the 10 grams of tissue for the extremities hands wrists ankles and head and body feet Further information on this subject can be obtained from the WHO The highest reported SAR values of the Palm sm
231. k 1 Try the preceding suggestions for weak signals 2 Turn off your phone and turn it on again see Turning your smartphone on off 3 Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset My phone seems to turn off by itself If a system error and reset occur the phone automatically turns on if it was on before the reset However if your smartphone can t determine if your phone was on before the reset it does not automatically turn on the phone see Turning your phone on 314 NETWORK CONNECTION I can t tell if data services are available The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate whether data services are available y You are in an area that supports mobile broadband EVDO data services EVDO Evolution Data Optimized is a wireless broadband technology that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 600Kbps It is capable of reaching download speeds up to 3 1Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps Your phone is on and a mobile broadband data connection is active You can still make or answer calls When you make or answer a Call the data transmission is automatically interrupted y 4 a TROUBLESHOOTING D Your phone is on and is connected to a mobile broadband network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make and answer calls You are in an area that supports 1xRTT data services The 1xRTT single
232. k the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in any text you entered Optional Check the Match entire cells box to find only cells whose contents exactly match the text you entered A al EXCEL MOBILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS 6 Select Find to locate the first instance of the info you entered or select Replace and enter the replacement info 7 Select Next to find the next instance of the info or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the info select Replace All 8 When you see a message that the search is done press OK S Organizing your workbooks You can rename your workbooks You can also move them to another folder or move them between your smartphone and an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone 1 Go to the workbook list 2 Highlight a file 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move 4 Select Name and enter a new name for the workbook 5 Select the Folder list and then select the folder to which you want to move the workbook 6 Select the Location list and then select whether you want to store the file on your smartphone Main memory or on an expansion card Storage Card The Storage Card option appears only if you have an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone 7 Press OK CHAPTER tip When you go to a folder you can easily search you
233. l options for contacting the person depending on what information you have entered for the contact For example you may see options for calling a number associated with the contact sending an email to the contact s email address or calling the last number you dialed to call the contact Select a phone number to dial or select a messaging option to create a new message addressed to the contact 4 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit CONTACTS 5 Make changes to the entry as necessary 6 Press OK DID YOU KNOW You can find a contact by company name Open Contacts press Menu right softkey and select View By gt Company Select a company name to see the contacts who work there Tip To view a particular group of contacts press Menu right softkey select Filter and then select the category you want to view Tip You can quickly send a text message to a contact from within the Contacts application Select the contact name press Menu right softkey and select Send Text Message Deleting a contact 1 Go to your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey 2 Inthe Contacts list highlight the contact you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Contact 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Contacts 1 5 YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D CHAPTER Go to your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey Go to the Contac
234. le To select or deselect the option to use your data plan to check for and download updates press Menu right softkey and select Connections Connection settings Managing ISP settings Your smartphone is already set up to connect to the Internet using a high speed data connection on your wireless service provider s network To connect to the Internet simply start Internet Explorer Mobile For special situations such as connecting to your Internet service provider ISP or to a remote access server RAS you can set Up another connection BEFORE YOU BEGIN Obtain the following information from your ISP or system administrator ISP server phone number or access point YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS e Username CHAPTER e Password 1 Press Start ay 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections Ss and select Settings 3 On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections Select the Modem tab 5 Highlight the connection you want to view or change and select Edit or select New to create a new connection 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to edit or create the connection Connecting to a VPN If you want to use your smartphone to access your corporate email account or other files on your corporate server you may need to set up a VPN virtual private network A VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall security layer BEFORE
235. lect the Text Size tab 4 Press Left 4 and Right to adjust the text size 5 Select the Clear Type tab 6 To smooth the edges of screen fonts check the Enable Clear Type box 7 Press OK f and select Settings Displaying the clock You can display a clock at the top of every screen You can also choose between a digital and an analog clock display 1 Press Start Lay 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms 3 Select the More tab and select Settings YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Ro Dopey mena on te tteta na 84 pecar io Sound darms ever when the device t set L m bert or rte tortor nna v Use network nme zore Aucomancaly get tv date time and tme eww ely are abie from your Md e prod me a 4 To display the clock check the Display the clock on the title bar in all programs box 5 Press OK E 6 To change the clock display format tap and hold the clock and select Analog or Digital If you select analog format a clock icon appears displaying the time Setting display formats 1 Press Start 45 2 Select the System tab and then select Regional Settings and select Settings DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS CHAPTER YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Appearance samples Posave numbers 123 456 783 00 Podavecurency 173 456 18900 Tene 10 15 42 AM
236. lete messages from this folder in the same way that you delete any other messages see Deleting messages 7 Press OK L Changing email download settings Outlook email accounts You can customize the download options for an Outlook email account you synchronize with your computer or with an Exchange server NOTE Tochange options for other types of email accounts see Changing email download settings Other email accounts Press Messaging 2 Do one of the following If the account list is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Options If the message list for a specific account is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 Select your Outlook email account Tip If you select the account name and nothing happens the Messaging application is currently synchronizing messages for that account Wait until synchronization stops and select the name again 4 Select any of the following options 124 CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS Download the past Sets the number of days worth of email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual sync Message format Sets the format for sending and receiving messages If you select HTML messages sent to you as HTML are received with their formatting intact If you select Plain Text all messages are received as plain text Download size limit Sets the size of an incoming message that is aut
237. lication Other email providers SETTING UP EMAIL Q YOUR EMAIL e wW E a lt q 3 Email account type Type of email you can access How to set up Microsoft Exchange You can retrieve corporate See Setting up wireless Server email using a Microsoft synchronization Exchange server Y n lili You may need to check with access email wirelessly if your hog your IT organization to ensure company is using Microsoft Exchange Activesync that Exchange ActiveSync is supported and to obtain the configuration settings Hotmail You can use Windows Live to See Using Windows Live access mail from your web based Hotmail account NOTE Windows Live is not supported by all wireless service providers Free web based email You can access mail from Access the email website Yahoo and other free directly using your web based systems smartphone s web browser DID YOU KNOW Some web based email providers such as Yahoo and Gmail allow you Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Messaging application Common email to configure your email account so that you providers can access it from the Messaging application Follow this procedure if you have a on your smartphone instead of from your web common email provider for example AOL browser Check the provider s website for information EarthLink or Yahoo If you are setting up the Messaging application to wo
238. ll in Mobile mode Press OK to close Internet Explorer Mobile 159 BROWSING THE WEB YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O Navigating web pages Here are some tips on viewing web pages and moving around in them To zoom out to see more of the page at a reduced magnification Press Menu gt Zoom Out View the previous page Press Back left softkey or Backspace Move forward through viewed pages after having moved back to a previous page Press Menu right softkey and select Forward Go to your home page Press Menu right softkey and select Home Page Refresh a page Press Menu right softkey and select Refresh Move the pointer around the screen without using the stylus Press Up 4 Down Y Left 4 or Right gt to scroll in all directions Follow a link Use the 5 way to position the pointer over the link and then press Center to go to the selected page You can also tap the link on the screen with the stylus Send email from a web page Select the address link You need to configure an email application on your smartphone before you can use this feature see Your email Adjust text size Press Menu right softkey select View gt Text Size and then select the size you want View page properties Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Properties View items in a list Highlight the list press Center O and then scroll using Up A or Down Y In
239. llow Bluetooth devices that are not on your Trusted Device list to request a connection with your device Your device remains accessible to other devices until you uncheck the box Requesting a connection with another Bluetooth device 1 If necessary prepare the device with which you want to connect to accept a new connection Check the device s documentation for details Be sure to find out if the device has a predefined passkey that you need to enter on your smartphone in step 8 2 On your smartphone press Start F and select Settings CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY 178 O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box Select the Devices tab and then select Add new device Tap Add new device lo search for other deves Tap an a device Lo mocdiy its Wait for your smartphone to search for devices and to display the device list 7 Highlight the device with which you want to connect and press Next right softkey If the device you want does not appear select Refresh 8 Enter an alphanumeric passkey between 1 and 16 characters long and press Next right softkey IMPORTANT Some hands free devices have a predefined passkey If your device has a predefined passkey you can find it in the documentation for that device Other
240. lowing icons If the recipient s name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address Insert an emoticon X Insert a web favorite SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES 137 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER E Insert a predefined phrase Insert a Contacts entry Insert a Calendar appointment or task Press Done left softkey when you have finished tip On the text entry screen select menu items for text size and color and for the background color Insert audio Enables you to record a message such as a voice caption for a picture or to insert an existing sound such as a ringtone To record a new sound tap the record icon in the lowerleft corner of the screen select Record and record the sound Select Add when you have finished recording Tip To remove an inserted item press Menu right softkey select Remove and then select the item you want to remove 8 Optional Press Menu right softkey and select Slides gt Insert Slide Repeat this step to add additional slides Tip If you add more than one slide to a message tap the arrows in the lowerright corner of the screen to scroll among the slides To delete a slide scroll to the slide you want press Menu right softkey and select Slides gt Delete Slide 9 Optional To add a vCard Contacts entry vCalendar Calendar appointment or task or
241. lp reduce electronic waste v 1 0 Contents Chapter lt Weke 2600002608655 b060964neeeurroeperdacdsceeoudathatd g Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 00 0 c eee center eee 11 What Sti the BOX na tado aca eee cdas 11 What do need to get started 2 eee 12 Where can learn more 1 2 tte eens 13 Chapter Z Setting Ubis 2s icscunaht es bea Sadak dads db Ade eb 15 Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm overview 0 000 cece eect eee nee 17 Completing the SGtup lt 2 cenicero havea goatee anernata ak 19 Makingryour firstcall tes giriek ss dr pege td de e hed eh gedes 20 Charging the battery ss cias tati aia porie inate de adiu i ia ada 21 Using the My Treo application irc ok wees get ones A weed Gade oe hws 25 Setting UP SYNCAFONIZAION sye cared re cde ii a a 25 Chapter 3 Moving around on your smartphone 0 2 00 c eee piitsa 27 Navigating around the SCh6 N wc peewee eee Aenean eae dante ae a 29 USING THEIKCVOOaIG edie ecw tes ager wet eee day ake hacia ee meee aro 35 Opening and closing applications 0 2 2 ete 39 Using your Today Screens 4 206 heeds nai de Goa a e eie t ES 42 Chapterd Your PMO ss concerniente 45 Turning your smartphone on off ie ke iee a eaer aptae 0 cect eee 47 Making CalllSt ey oc cteat gaged did ee dd die be hd ad the cad e hashes 49 Receiving CallS ccck creer Ate aye Ola ome her eee ate ah eee a bee eee dee y 4 53 Usma voicemail errata roo taco bene ame ci 54 Wha
242. ludes a silent alarm that can vibrate even when the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off Selecting Sounds amp Notifications 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications a 3 3 On the Sounds tab set any of the following options Enable sounds for Everts wamm system events Y Programs S notficatora arms remiten O screen ups oO Harare ba there O gt Events Turns sounds on off for system warnings and error messages YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Programs Turns sounds on off in the applications on your smartphone Notifications Turns alarms and reminders on off in the applications on your smartphone Screen taps Turns sounds associated with tapping the screen on off and sets the volume level when this sound is turned on Hardware buttons Turns sounds associated with pressing buttons on off and sets the volume level when this sound is turned on tip To add preview delete and send sounds select the Manage tab To add a sound press Menu right softkey select Add and navigate to the sound file To play a sound select it and press Play left softkey To delete a sound highlight it and press Backspace To send a sound highlight it press Menu right softkey and select Beam Sound or Send Sound CHAPTER SYSTEM SOUND SETTINGS 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 4 Select the Notifications tab
243. mage charge the battery only in temperatures that range from 32 F to 122 F 0 C to 50 C e Don t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity areas such as the bathroom e Never dispose of the battery by incineration e Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean e Don t attempt to disassemble or short circuit the battery e The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of time e It s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing e Don t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of time It s best to follow these storage rules Less than one month 14 F to 140 F 10 C to 60 C More than one month 14 F to 113 F 10 C to 45 C Power Specifications Use only power accessories approved by Palm such as AC power adapters and batteries Unauthorized and non approved batteries will NOT operate with the Palm smartphone AC Power Adapter source Foxlink Model 5890 712V 02K0 Part Number 157 10108 00 Input Rating 100 240 Vac 50 60Hz 0 2A Output Rating 5Vdc 1000mA Battery Source Palm Type Rechargeable Li ion Polymer Model 157 10105 00 Rating 3 7Vdc 1500mAh minimum Recycling and Disposal This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste Please return P
244. mail meeting invitations to contacts who use Outlook or Outlook Mobile BEFORE YOU BEGIN Create contact entries with email addresses for the people you want to invite to a meeting see Adding a contact You cannot access contact entries without email addresses from your calendar Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Attendees 4 Select Add Required Attendee and then select the name of the contact you want to invite To invite other attendees select Add Required Attendee and then select the names CALENDAR 218 D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER 5 Ww E a lt bog zi z 5 Optional To invite optional attendees Marking an event as sensitive select Add Optional Attendee and If other people have access to your then select the names Outlook calendar on your computer and you don t want them to see an DID YOU KNOW If you are using Exchange appointment you can mark that Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 SP2 appointment as private to hide it from other you can use your corporate Global Address Outlook users List to find contact information for an attendee Select Attendees select Add 1 Create an event and then select it Required Attendee ouadd Optonal 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Attendee press Menu right softkey and Edit then select Company Directory Enter the name of the attendee and select Find 3 Select Sensitivity and then s
245. may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines and is certified with the FCC as FCC ID O8FSKYC The FCC ID on your Palm smartphone is located on a label inside the battery compartment The battery must be removed as shown below to view the label SSN CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications Use only the supplied integral
246. message with a file attached from directly within other applications on your smartphone see Sending email messages from within another application 9 Optional Press Menu right softkey and do one or both of the following e Select Spell Check When the spell check is complete press OK E e Select Message Options Select the Priority list select a priority setting for the message and press OK tip You can use the Message Options screen to select a language for the message For certain types of email accounts you can also set a security level and a permission level Tip Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Drafts if you need to finish composing your message later TIP To save memory on your smartphone turn off the option to save sent messages in the Saved folder In the Inbox press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select the Message tab and uncheck the Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder box Receiving email messages How you receive email messages depends on the type of account you are using and how you synchronize e If you synchronize wirelessly with your Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync new email messages are sent to your smartphone when they appear on the server according to the schedule you set up see Setting the synchronization schedule or when you manually initiate a sync see Initiating a wireless sync manually
247. move or copy Press Menu right softkey and select Copy to copy the text or select Cut to move the text Open the document where you want to insert the text and position the cursor where you want the text to appear Press Menu right softkey and select Paste 234 WORD MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Saving a copy of a document NOTE If a document was previously saved on a computer any unsupported formatting may be lost when you save the file 1 Open the document you want to copy 2 Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As 3 Select Name and enter a new name for the file 4 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 5 Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file 6 Select the Location list and then select whether you want to store the file on your smartphone Main memory or on an expansion card Storage card The Storage card option appears only if you have an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone 7 Select Save Formatting text 1 2 3 CHAPTER Open the document you want to format Highlight the text you want to format Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Font Set any of the following options for the highlighted text Font Specifies the typeface Font color Specifies the color Size Specifies the point siz
248. n for fully downloaded messages To open an attachment do one of the following For fully downloaded messages Open the message and select the attachment name For partially downloaded messages Open the message and select Get the rest of this message After the message has been downloaded select the attachment name to open it If you are synchronizing with Outlook on your computer and want to download attachments automatically do the following 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync Y 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 4 Select E mail and then select Settings 5 Check the Include file attachments box 6 Optional To automatically download attachments up to a certain size only SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES YOUR EMAIL O check the Only if smaller than box and 7 Press Done left softkey twice and enter the maximum attachment size then press OK 7 Press OK To automatically download attachments from an IMAP4 email account typically an ISP account or an account that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN do the following 1 Press Messaging E Working with email 2 Do one of the following CHAPTER DID You KNow Embedded images and objects cannot be received as attachments unless you have an IMAP4 email account with TNEF disabled Note that TNEF must be enabled to receive me
249. n Task Manager 2 On the Running tab tap and hold the app name with the stylus 3 Select Add Exclusive OPENING AND CLOSING APPLICATIONS O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Tip To remove an application from the Exclusive Programs list press and hold OK to open Task Manager Select the Exclusive tab check the box next to the application name and select Remove Customizing the Quick Menu The Quick Menu displays a list of currently running applications on your smartphone You can use the Quick Menu to quickly switch between or close applications from the Today screen 1 Press and hold OK to open Task Manager To remove the Quick Menu from your Today screen select the Button tab and uncheck the Enable Quick Menu on Today screen box Enable the i button do end nun prema O Did reogams by tipon 4 Bnd programs by tipena and hoang oe Y Enele Quek Menu on Today sereen 3 Select the Others tab and select the sort method for programs in the Quick Menu Sit programs N Quick Mera by Frovem name O mmoyisay Parere Ordre Buton ovens Using your Today screen The Today screen lets you see your current appointments and messages at a glance You can also make a call search the web and manage your smartphone from your Today screen To access your Today screen press End O 42 USING YOUR TODAY SCREEN tip Don t pre
250. n the Remove Programs list Creating and sending a multimedia message 4 Select Remove e You can synchronize to share info between your smartphone and your computer or between your smartphone and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 5 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Sharing information A e Ifyou are near someone you can beam Your smartphone comes equipped files and applications between your with a variety of options for sharing smartphone and your neighbor s device information so that you can choose the using the IR port or Bluetooth wireless quickest most convenient way to send technology see Beaming information your info or to receive info from another You can also store files on an expansion device card and share the expansion card see e In many applications you can send a file Using expansion cards or an entry by email or by beaming Open the app to the file or entry list and i highlight the item you want to send Bea MI ng information Press Menu right softkey and select the Send or Beam option Your smartphone is equipped with an IR infrared port that enables you to beam information to another device with an IR port The IR port is located on the side of your smartphone closest to the stylus near e Inthe Messaging application you can insert a picture or attach a note or other file to an email You can also receive pictures and attachments see Your email SHARING INFORMATIO
251. n to jump to Camera and so on OPENING AND CLOSING APPLICATIONS Closing applications Press OK to remove the current application from the screen Applications that you open stay open in the background even after you press OK to remove them If you want to stop them you must do it manually That s usually not necessary but if you re concerned about power usage stop some or all applications 1 Press and hold OK Manager to open Task 2 Do one of the following To close one or more individual applications Check the boxes next to the applications and select Stop Selected MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE To close all applications except the ones you specify Check the boxes next to the applications you do not want to close press Menu right softkey and select Stop All but Selected CHAPTER To close all open applications Select Stop All TIP f an X appears in the upperright corner of an application screen you can tap and hold the X with the stylus to close the application You can turn this feature on and off or change it so that simply tapping X closes an application Press and hold OK to open Task Manager select the Button tab and then select the option you want Defining exclusive programs You can mark an application as exclusive An exclusive application remains open even if you stop individual or all applications 1 Press and hold OK to ope
252. n your smartphone Simply transfer songs onto your smartphone or an expansion card sold separately and then listen through your stereo headphones Benefits e Never be far from your favorite e Avoid having to use a separate people places and songs photo viewer MP3 CD or e Arrange your photos videos and mini disc player songs In this chapter Synchronizing your pictures videos and music 185 GENIE aoa erat O A Aes eat at Phat 187 PIGTUTESEQUNIG GOS sega Smo ES OEA SP AAC 194 Synchronizing your pictures videos and music You can synchronize pictures videos and music files between your smartphone and your computer so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your smartphone How synchronization happens depends on two conditions Operating system Do you use Windows XP or Windows Vista Sync direction Are you transferring files from your smartphone to your computer or from your computer to your smartphone NOTE The following procedures do not apply to Windows Media Player To sync files that are in a Windows Media Player library on either your smartphone or your computer see Synchronizing Windows Media Player library files For information about installing desktop sync software and about synchronizing with your computer see Installing Desktop YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O CHAPTER Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista Windows XP NOTE
253. n your smartphone onto your computer or your server If you ever need to perform a hard reset or otherwise erase all your information on your smartphone you can synchronize your smartphone with your computer to restore the info To make sure you always have an up to date backup of your info synchronize frequently You can synchronize email and other information directly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 SP2 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync or you can synchronize your smartphone with your computer using the desktop sync software that came with your smartphone DID YOU KNOW You can go to the Windows Mobile website for more information at windowsmobile com DID You KNOW A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network Desktop sync software This section covers issues with synchronizing using the desktop sync software that came with your smartphone If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center NOTE See Exchange ActiveSync wireless synchronization for help with direct wireless synchronization with an Exchange server SYNCHRONIZATION My smartphone does not sync when connect it to my computer with the USB cable Instead see a Treo
254. name the note and move it to the appropriate folder See Organizing your notes for details NOTES 223 D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER Tip To create a new template open the note you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Rename Move Select Name and enter a name for the template Select the Folder list and select Templates Press OK Organizing your notes You can rename your notes move notes to another folder and move notes between your smartphone and an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone 1 Go to the Notes list and highlight a note you want to move or rename Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and enter a new name for the note Select Folder and then select the folder in which you want to store the note Select Location and then select Main memory or Storage Card The Storage Card option appears only if you have an 6 Press OK expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone A TIP To create a new folder go to the Notes list tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and press OK Deleting a note 1 3 Go to the Notes list and highlight the note you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizi
255. nd 320 connections accessing Internet and 153 155 164 301 accessing mobile networks and 314 accessing VPN clients and 301 302 beaming and 266 267 changing 301 conserving battery and 18 24 creating 301 302 displaying 301 enabling Bluetooth 67 94 174 enabling TTY TDD 72 75 enabling Wi Fi 165 ending 302 losing 317 making phone calls and 57 manually starting 302 remote computers and 272 setting up 301 302 synchronizing and 80 86 timing out 325 troubleshooting 312 314 318 328 viewing status of 63 65 Connections icon 301 302 Connections screen 301 302 S16 217 connectivity specs 350 conserving smartphone battery 23 24 104 299 contact categories 210 Contact Details command 135 142 contact lookup feature 49 50 210 contact names dialing by 50 51 contacts adding 53 115 144 209 INDEX assigning caller IDs 196 209 assigning ringtones 72 209 assigning speed dial numbers 62 63 copying 210 editing 210 211 getting from address books 117 212 removing 211 saving info for 57 58 searching for 50 210 211 selecting 210 sending 138 212 transferring to car kits 70 viewing information about 135 142 211 Contacts app 209 212 Contacts list 211 Contacts picture mode 188 190 context sensitive menus 33 34 continuous playback slides 239 cookies 155 copying addresses 322 applications 271 contacts 210 documents 235 items in folders 261 media files 186 phone numbers 51 53 160 pi
256. nd the one that works best with your hearing aid device If you experience interference or find the quality of service unsatisfactory after purchasing your device promptly return it to the store within 30 days of purchase With the Palm 30 day Risk Free Guarantee you may return the device within 30 days of purchase for a full refund and you will only be responsible for charges based on your actual usage Getting the Best Hearing Device Experience with Your Device To further minimize interference e Set the phone s screen and keyboard backlight settings to ensure the minimum time interval e Move the phone around to find the point with the least interference Battery handling e Do not disassemble or open crush bend or deform puncture or shred e Do not modify or remanufacture attempt to insert foreign objects into the battery immerse or expose to water or other liquids or expose to fire explosion or other hazard e Only use the battery for the system for which it is specified e Only use the battery with a charging system that has been qualified with the system per the IEEE CTIA 1725 standard Use of an unqualified battery or charger may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION e Do not short circuit a battery or allow metallic conductive objects to contact battery terminals e Replace the battery only with another battery that has been qualified with the s
257. ndows Live MSN or Hotmail account to use Windows Live Messenger If you do not have an account use the web browser on your smartphone to go to hotmail com and follow the steps to set up an account ake sure that your phone is on and hat you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on Press Start Lay Select Messenger amp and select Programs Press Sign in left softkey f you have not already set up a Windows Live Mail account on your smartphone see Setting up Windows Live Mail the first time you sign in to Windows Live Messenger press Accept left softkey f prompted enter your Windows Live SN or Hotmail email address and password To send an instant message to a contact who is online highlight the contact name and press Send IM left softkey Menu Tip If the contact you want is offline send an email message instead Highlight the contact name and press Send e mail left softkey Enter a subject and body text for the email message and press Send left softkey 7 Do one of the following windows tive GY E 12 20 X Chat wetth poak You re chatting with pbak Voke dip Menu Text entry bar 150 USING WINDOWS LIVE e Highlight the text entry bar and enter your message text e Press Voice clip left softkey and record a voice note by speaking clearly with your smartphone held up facing you Optional To add an
258. ne 2 Open My Computer or Windows 4 f prompted select the folder where Explorer on your computer you want to store the file 5 When the download has finished press Start and select Programs 6 Select File Explorer 3 7 Goto the folder you selected in step 4 If you did not select a folder go tothe Installing applications onto an expansion 3 Double click the icon representing your smartphone 4 Copy the application file s into the folder My Documents folder card 8 Select the file you downloaded to start BEFORE YOU BEGIN To install an the installation program application from your computer to an i OERE expansion card you must first install the Installing applications from your desktop sync software on your computer computer see Installing Desktop Sync Software There are many applications available for Windows XP and Windows Vista your smartphone To get started check out the selection at palm com treopro 1 Insert the expansion card sold separately into the expansion card slot see Inserting and removing expansion cards BEFORE YOU BEGIN To install an application from your computer to your smartphone you must first install the INSTALLING APPLICATIONS 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 2 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable 3 Open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer 4 Double click the icon representing
259. ne of two ways e Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable e If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology set up your smartphone as a wireless modem using the built in Bluetooth technology Setting up a USB Internet Sharing connection BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you have a Windows XP computer and you synchronize your smartphone with ActiveSync desktop software on your computer using the USB cable you must disable the ActiveSync USB connection Open the ActiveSync window on your computer select File gt Connection Settings and uncheck the Allow USB connections box 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable 2 Make sure that the phone on your Treo Pro is turned on and that one of the data services icons GRY or E3 appears at the top of the screen If you don t see either of these icons then you cannot use your smartphone as a modem 3 On your smartphone press Start s and select Programs 178 USING YOUR DEVICE AS A MODEM YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O 4 Select Internet Sharing 5 Select the PC Connection list and then select USB Press Connect left softkey 7 On your computer open your web browser to confirm that you can connect to the Internet Creating a Bluetooth Internet Sharing connection BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Make sure your smartphone is visible see Entering basic Bluetooth settings
260. ng Benefits e Know where your smartphone e Start using your smartphone right controls are located away In this chapter Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm overview 17 COmPpletingsthesSotU Omen ee ere E tra ee re are eae 19 Makinmo yourtirstealll Someta eames OS owen 20 CIMENRC NAG DEE O E eran ake ee a oe able eA Bere ease A age Bees 21 Uso ins My ISO applicationk cao eco ov ono coo eos a o eee 25 Sato Umar oo eescsceucccassseneseusesesss 25 SETTING UP O CHAPTER Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm overview Front view 3 Side button 4 Left softkey a a ee 5 Start AD 6 Phone Send 7 Calendar 8 Lanyard connector 9 MicroUSB connector n sync and power connector 10 3 5mm stereo headset jack 11 Earpiece 12 Touchscreen 13 5 way navigator with Center button 14 Right softkey 15 OK 16 End 17 Messaging 18 Microphone TIP Be careful not to scratch or crush your smartphone screen Do not store it in a place where other items might damage it DID you KNow By default pressing and holding the Side button opens Camera see Camera You can change the function of the 1 Charge indicator light visible when a N smartphone is being charged Side button see Reassigning buttons 2 Volume TREO PRO SMARTPHONE BY PALM OVERVIEW 77 O SETTING UP IMPORTANT The smartphone speaker includes a large magnet so be sure not to store your smartphone n
261. ng 157 searching 146 155 selecting addresses on 328 sending email from 157 setting as home 157 160 synchronizing favorites for 81 viewing 155 156 157 web based email 102 113 146 websites See also web browsing web pages accessing 153 164 178 180 connecting to 155 ending connections to 302 redirectors and 328 searching over 146 155 streaming from 203 submitting transactions and 328 Week View 213 218 WEP encryption 169 Wi Fi button 165 Wi Fi feature turning on or off 18 24 165 viewing status of 43 64 i Fi networks 164 170 i Fi settings 170 173 indows Live Hotmail Inbox 149 indows Live Mail 147 149 indows Live Messenger 150 151 indows Live Search 147 indows Live services 146 196 indows Mobile Device Center 79 87 318 336 indows Mobile devices 266 307 indows Mobile operating system 312 336 indows Mobile software 262 S22 2 22 22 222 See also built in applications software Windows Update application 300 Windows Vista computers enabling Bluetooth connections for 94 opening sync application for 87 synchronizing with 84 89 187 231 troubleshooting 318 Windows XP computers enabling Bluetooth connections for 94 enabling phone as modem and 178 opening ActiveSync for 87 synchronizing with 84 89 185 229 troubleshooting 318 321 viewing synchronized files for 186 wired headsets 66 69 wireless connection icons 64 wireless connections browsing websites and 153 164 conse
262. ng Notes 1 2 3 Go to the Notes list Press Menu right softkey and select Options Set any of the following options Default mode Makes the default entry mode either Writing or Typing The default is Typing if you change it to Writing you can write notes directly on the screen using the stylus NOTES Default template Specifies the default template for new notes Save to Indicates the default location where new notes are stored Record button action Specifies what happens when you press and hold the Side button to record a voice note while in another application whether the Notes application opens or whether you stay in the current application This YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D option applies only if you have changed the function of the Side button to open Notes see Reassigning buttons CHAPTER Tip Tap Global Input Options to set options for entering text in any application see Setting input options 4 Press OK e NOTES 225 D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER 226 NOTES Bes CHAPTER 11 Your Microsoft Office and other document tools Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm enables you to take your office with you including your Microsoft Office files With Microsoft Office Mobile you can carry create view and edit Microsoft Word Excel and OneNote files directly on your smartphone You can also view carry and m
263. ng connections 4 If your wireless service provider s name appears in the list press OK If not contact your wireless service provider for assistance e Try using a Wi Fi connection if you are in an area that supports it I can t send or receive text or multimedia messages e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e Contact your wireless service provider to verify that your plan includes messaging services thatthese services have been correctly activated and that they are available at your location Your wireless service provider should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays If possible contact the recipient or sender of the message and make sure the receiving device can handle the type of message you re sending NETWORK CONNECTION TROUBLESHOOTING D e Ifa text message arrives but does not e The device specifications are display a notification perform a soft compatible with your smartphone reset see Performing a soft reset CHAPTER l lost the connection between my l can t make or receive calls using a smartphone and my Bluetooth headset hands free device with Bluetooth 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings wireless technology 2 Select the Connections tab and then Verify all the following select Bluetooth e The Turn on Bluetooth box is checked 3 Select the Device
264. nloads new messages according to that interval CHAPTER If you chose Manually Follow these steps to send and receive messages Press Messaging X Select the account for which you want to send and receive messages Press Menu right softkey and select Send Receive to synchronize your smartphone with your email server SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES 13 Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER tip Partially downloaded messages appear in the message list with a partial envelope icon to the left of the subject To view the full message either press Menu right softkey and select Download Message or open the message and select Get the rest of this message The full message is downloaded the next time you manually or automatically retrieve messages DID YOU KNOW You can view messages sent as HTML with the HTML formatting intact DID YOU KNOW You can receive and open attachments in a number of different formats including PDF PDF file attachments open in Adobe Reader LE on your smartphone see Adobe Reader LE TIP To store attachments on an expansion card insert the card into your smartphone s expansion card slot press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select Storage and check the When available use this storage card to store attachments box Opening attachments Unread messages containing attachments display this icon for partially downloaded messages and this ico
265. ntact s details displayed press Menu right softkey to see several other options like permanently blocking future messages from this contact 4 To view detailed information about the attached file press Contents left softkey and then press Properties left softkey SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES 138 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER tip When you are viewing a message s contents press Menu right softkey to see several other options like saving the attached file with a new name 5 Press OK until you return to the message Creating and sending a multimedia message Multimedia messages consist of pictures videos text and sounds presented as one or more slides You can include any of the following items Ringtones MID Sound clips AMR WAV Pictures JPG GIF BMP Videos 3GPP 3GPP2 MPEG4 Outgoing multimedia messages can be up to 2 0MB by default but your wireless service provider may have a different maximum message size IMPORTANT If your smartphone is enrolled with a Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager server you cannot send and receive multimedia messages from your smartphone BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Before you use your smartphone to send or receive messages consult your wireless service provider for pricing and availability of multimedia messaging services Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area s
266. nts appears when you open the Messaging application allowing you to select the one you want to use If the box is unchecked the Messaging application opens to the last account you used Tip If the Display account picker when opening Messaging box is unchecked repeatedly press Right or Left on the 5 way after you open the Messaging application to cycle through your accounts 4 Select the Message tab and set any of the following options Messaging Gu Tg amm 12 20 ok Y When repiying to e mal ndude body Z Keep copies of sent tems in Sent foider V wam when deteting messages i the message ist After deleting or moving a message Show next message hd When replying to e mail include body Set whether the body of a message you received appears in your response to that message Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Set whether messages you send are stored in the Sent folder 122 CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS Warn when deleting messages in the message list Set whether a confirmation message appears when you delete one or more messages from the message list After deleting or moving a message Set what you want to see after you delete or move an email message you are reading the account Inbox or the next message Select the Address tab and set any of the following options In Contacts get e mail addresses from Set whether you want to check Contacts in addition to any director
267. obile 7 Press New left softkey 4 Begin typing your note text or do any of the following Format text Press Menu right softkey select Format and then select the formatting option you want Bold Italic Underline or Strikethrough Enter the text you want formatted To resume entering unformatted text press Menu right softkey select Format and then select the formatting option again Tip You can apply more than one formatting style to text Press Menu right softkey and select Format for each style you want to apply to the text you are going to enter Tip To clear the formatting from entered text highlight the text with the stylus press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Clear All Enter a list Press Menu right softkey select List and then select Numbered or Bulleted When you have finished entering the list items press Menu right softkey select List and then select the list option again to turn off list formatting CHAPTER ONENOTE MOBILE 251 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER tip To remove list formatting from entered text highlight the text with the stylus press Menu right softkey and select List gt Clear Create a hyperlink Enter the website address for which you want to create the hyperlink For example to create a hyperlink to the Microsoft website enter http www microsoft com Insert a picture Press Menu right
268. oft reset 5 If possible synchronize or use a backup utility to back up your most recent info 6 Perform a hard reset see Performing a hard reset 7 Synchronize or restore your backup to restore the info in your built in applications 8 If the problem is resolved begin reinstalling your third party applications one at a time THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS 9 Ifthe problem recurs delete the last application you installed and report the problem to its developer Getting more help Contact the vendor of any third party software if you require further assistance TIP Remember that not all third party applications were written with the Treo Pro smartphone keyboard and 5 way navigator in mind You may encounter strange behavior or errors in these applications if you use the keyboard and the 5 way navigator Making room on your smartphone If you store a large amount of information or install many third party applications the internal memory on your smartphone may fill up Here are some common ways to clear space on your smartphone Camera Large images or videos take up a lot of memory Move images to an TROUBLESHOOTING D expansion card or delete images from your smartphone see Pictures amp Videos CHAPTER Messaging Multimedia content and email attachments can consume excessive memory Move multimedia content and attachments to an expansion card or delete large files from your smartphone see
269. oftkey to close the note Renaming a note 1 Inthe OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to rename 2 Press Menu right softkey and then select Rename 3 Enter the new name 4 Press Done left softkey to accept the new name Sorting your notes 1 Press Start 4 Mobile 2 Select OneNote Mobile 7 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options and select Office 4 In the Sort notes by list press Up A or Down Y to select Name or Date modified 5 Press Done left softkey Deleting a note 1 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and then select Delete CHAPTER 3 Select Yes to confirm deletion Adobe Reader LE Adobe Reader LE lets you view PDF files whether they are saved to your smartphone attached to email messages stored on an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone s expansion card slot or downloaded from the web You can customize the document display Viewing a file Adobe Reader LE supports password protected PDF files with up to 128 bit encryption When you open a password protected PDF file you must enter the password to open the file ADOBE READER LE 253 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Adobe Reader 3 Navigate to and select the file you want to open
270. oftware to synchronize pictures videos music files and other info directly with your computer What can synchronize If you have Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 or later installed on your computer you can synchronize information in these applications Contacts E Calendar E Email Y Tasks 80 WHAT CAN SYNCHRONIZE The information in these applications synchronizes with Outlook by default whether you use desktop sync software or wireless synchronization with Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync If you set up synchronization with desktop sync software information in the Favorites application is synchronized by default as well DID YOU KNOW Synchronizing Favorites gives you an easy way to get favorites from the web browser on your computer into the web browser on your smartphone Just add them to the folder called Mobile Favorites which shows up in your computer s browser When you sync they become available on your smartphone as well Backup copies of any favorites that you add on the smartphone browser are also stored in the Mobile Favorites folder SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION You can remove applications or add others to the list of applications that synchronize For example you can change settings to synchronize Word Excel PowerPoint OneNote and PDF files as well as pictures music videos and other types of files see Changing which applications sync If you want to synchronize music or o
271. ok or in the upperright corner of the screen These buttons are not accessible using the 5 way When you close a screen the application continues running in the background Tip To close an app as opposed to just a screen press and hold OK or tap and hold OK on the screen see Opening and closing applications Tip Can t find the stylus It slides out from the lowerleft corner on the back of your smartphone MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE Highlighting and selecting items CHAPTER On most screens one item a button a list entry or a check box is highlighted by default The highlight identifies which item is affected by your next action Use the 5 way to move the highlight from one item to another before opening or selecting it Tip The best way to learn to use the 5 way is to experiment Press the 5 way buttons and as you do follow the movement of the highlight around the screen The behavior of the 5 way varies slightly in each application The highlight can take one of two forms depending on what is highlighted Border This rectangular border highlights items such as an onscreen button such as OK Dismiss or Hide a check box an option or a web link Contacts a Y Sai 12 20 ok Name via Picture Select a picture al Company NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN GY O MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE Light text on a dark background This highlights items such as
272. oks Save new workbooks to Specifies where new workbooks are stored Files to display in list view Specifies which types of files appear in the workbook list Press OK OneNote Mobile Customizing Excel Mobile 1 Go to the workbook list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options OneNote Mobile lets you create digital notes that contain text pictures and audio and video You can then synchronize these notes with Microsoft Office OneNote 2007 on your computer During synchronization all the notes you create on your smartphone are copied to a notebook called OneNote Mobile on your computer you can then drag your notes to other ONENOTE MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS locations on your computer You can use OneNote Mobile to do any of the following Creating a note 1 Take pictures of business cards and then insert them into OneNote Take pictures of flip charts and whiteboards in conference rooms and then insert them into OneNote Create text notes and voice recordings for example reminders of important events ideas for projects price comparisons recommendations blog ideas and so on and synchronize them with your notes Prepare meeting or travel information in OneNote on your computer and then transfer it to your smartphone so you can access the information on the road Press Start 4 and select Office Mobile Select OneNote M
273. omatically downloaded For any message that exceeds this size you must manually download the rest of the message Selecting a higher limit means that more of your messages are fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size Include file attachments Sets whether to download attached files with a message Only if smaller than Sets the maximum size of attachments that can be downloaded If an attachment YOUR EMAIL O exceeds the maximum size you must download it manually see Opening attachments Optional Select Advanced and then select any of the following options Activesync GO Tg 12 20 ok Encrypt all outgoing e mail messages Sets whether outgoing messages should be encrypted for extra security Encryption helps prevent eavesdropping which occurs when a hacker intercepts and reads your email messages Sign all outgoing e mail messages Sets whether messages should be given a digital signature as an extra security measure A signature helps prevent impersonation and tampering CHAPTER CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS 128 Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER Choose Certificate Sets the certificate to use as a digital signature My e mail addresses Sets the addresses to which the security measures should be applied 6 Press OK Changing email download settings Other email accounts You can customi
274. omputer depends on your computer s operating system Windows XP The desktop sync software is called Active Sync desktop software Windows Vista The desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center CHAPTER SYNCHRONIZATION OVERVIEW QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER You install the software by connecting your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable You must install this software even if you have already installed a previous version of desktop sync software See Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista for instructions After you install desktop sync software you can synchronize by connecting your smartphone to your computer using any of the following USB cable See Synchronizing using the USB cable Bluetooth wireless technology See Synchronizing over a Bluetooth connection Infrared IR See Synchronizing over an infrared connection Synchronizing wirelessly with the server You can set up your smartphone to synchronize email and other information wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync see Setting up wireless synchronization If you choose this method synchronization takes place automatically after setup NOTE If you decide to sync wirelessly you don t have to install the desktop sync software but we strongly recommend that you do You need the desktop sync s
275. omputer your Camera images are stored in the C Documents and Settings lt Username gt Documents Docum ents on lt User gt s Treo Pro folder on your hard drive see Camera The Camera preview image looks strange Some third party applications overwrite the color settings on your smartphone with their own 8 bit color settings This can affect the Camera Preview mode Delete third party applications one by one until the CHAPTER CAMERA D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER preview image improves see Removing applications Third party applications Sometimes third party applications can cause conflicts on your smartphone Third party applications that modify wireless features may affect the performance of your smartphone and may require extra troubleshooting Use caution when installing the following types of applications Ringtone managers Caller ID applications Instant messaging Applications that modify when your phone or data connections turn on or off and how your phone behaves If you recently installed an application and your smartphone seems to be stuck try the following 1 Perform a soft reset see Performing a soft reset 2 Make sure the third party application is compatible with the Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional operating system on your smartphone 3 Delete the most recently installed application from your smartphone see Removing applications 4 Ifthe problem persists perform another s
276. on in Thumbnail View 1 Highlight the picture or video you want to send PICTURES 8 VIDEOS O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Send 3 Select the option you want to use to send the picture or video an email account a multimedia message MMS or a voice multimedia message VoiceMail 4 When the Messaging application opens address and send the message see Creating and sending an email message or Creating and sending a multimedia message tip You can also beam an item to a nearby device Press Menu right softkey and select Beam tip If you have set up Windows Live on your smartphone see Using Windows Live you can send a picture to the web storage space of your Windows Live account From there you can share the picture with other web users Highlight the picture press Menu right softkey and select Send to your space Creating a caller ID picture You can add a picture to a contact entry when you create the entry see Adding a contact Follow these steps if you want to add a picture to an existing contact or to replace an existing contact s picture 1 Highlight the picture you want to use as a caller ID picture 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Contact 3 Select the contact to whom you want to assign the picture or press New left softkey to create a new contact to whom you want to assign the picture
277. one for a long time Normal use position When making or receiving a phone call hold your smartphone to your ear with the bottom towards your mouth or as you would a fixed line phone Emergency calls This smartphone like any wireless phone operates using radio signals which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions Therefore you must never rely solely on any wireless phone for emergency communications REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION Smartphone heating Your smartphone may become warm during charging and during normal use Accessories Use only approved accessories Do not connect with incompatible products or accessories Take care not to touch or allow metal objects such as coins or key rings to contact or short circuit the battery terminals Connection to a car Seek professional advice when connecting a phone interface to the vehicle electrical system Faulty and damaged products Do not attempt to disassemble the smartphone or its accessory Only qualified personnel must service or repair the smartphone or its accessory If your smartphone or its accessory has been submerged in water punctured or subjected to a severe fall do not use it until you have taken it to be checked at an authorized service center Interference in cars and to other Electronic Devices Please note that because of possible interference to electronic equipment some vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of mobile phones in their ve
278. onvert it to a multimedia message Press Menu right softkey select Advanced Composer and then see Creating and sending a multimedia message for instructions 8 Optional Press Menu right softkey and select Spell Check 9 Optional To receive a notification that the message has been delivered press Menu right softkey select Message SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Options and check the Request message delivery notification box 10 Press Send left softkey Tip Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Drafts if you need to finish composing your message later Previewing a message with an attached file When you attach a file to a message you can preview the message and view detailed information about the attached file If you are sending the message to a contact you can also view information about the contact 1 Create a message and attach a file to it see Creating and sending a text message 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Preview 3 Do either of the following Press OK when you have finished YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Menu e To view detailed information about the message press Menu right softkey and select Show gt Message Detail e To view detailed information about a recipient who is in your Contacts list press Menu right softkey and select Show gt Contact Details tip When you have a co
279. options are available to WorldMate Professional subscribers only WorldMate Professional is a paid service To subscribe select Go Pro YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES Connecting to a Wi Fi network tip From any screen press Menu right softkey and select Options to set the interval for automatically updating weather and other information set the temperature display format and set whether to automatically preview your itinerary Many environments such as corporate offices coffee shops airports and libraries offer access to a Wi Fi network A Wi Fi network is a wireless local area network WLAN based on the 802 11 standard When you re within range of an accessible Wi Fi network you can use your smartphone s Wi Fi feature to connect to that network and access the web KEY TERM Wi Fi access point Also called a hotspot A network device with an antenna that provides wireless connections to a larger network Why use a Wi Fi connection A Wi Fi connection is especially helpful in the following situations e You re outside a coverage area and you want to access the web e Your wireless service provider s plan incurs additional charges for data services and you want to minimize data CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O service charges by using a Wi Fi connection instead e You re inside a coverage area but outside your wireless se
280. or Text Telephone is a telecommunications device that enables Call volume While a call is in progress telephone communication for people who press Volume on the side of your are deaf or hard of hearing or who have smartphone to adjust the call volume speech or language disabilities Ringer volume When a call is not in Your smartphone is compatible with select progress and you are not playing music ora TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD video press Volume to adjust ringer machine headset or hands free kit to your volume smartphone through the headset jack while TIP To turn off the ringer volume and all manufacturer in TTY TDD mode Please check with the of your TTY device for sounds except call volume completely slide connectivity information Be sure that the the ringer switch to Sound Off TTY device supports digital wireless transmission CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS NOTE Not all wireless service providers support the TTY feature on your smartphone Check with your wireless service provider for information BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your smartphone is connected to a TTY TDD device using the headset jack When you enable TTY all audio modes are disabled on your smartphone including holding the smartphone up to your ear and listening 1 Press Start Lay 2 On the Personal tab select Phone and select Settings 3 Select the Services tab and then select TTY Mode from the list 4 Select Get
281. os onooco seda Eros 125 Sending email messages from within another application 130 Setting up email BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you use your smartphone to send or receive messages consult your wireless service provider for pricing and availability of email services and data rate plans Make sure your phone is on and you re inside a coverage area before you send or receive messages If you want delivery of Microsoft Office Outlook email using Microsoft Direct Push make sure that your IT YOUR EMAIL O CHAPTER organization uses Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 SP2 Entering settings for an email account You can use the Messaging application on your smartphone to access the many kinds of email you may use corporate ISP and web based like Gmail and Yahoo Mail Before you can send and receive email on your smartphone you need to decide which type of email account you want to access The setup process is different for each email account type so it is very important that you select the correct type to send and receive email Email account type Type of email you can access How to set up POP IMAP You can obtain email from an ISP or Internet email account such as AOL or from a small business or corporate Internet email account See Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Messaging_ application Common email providers or Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox app
282. ot automatically connect and the Configure Wireless Networks screen appears highlight the network you want and press Connect left softkey Wi Fi was off A notification appears listing three available networks If the network you want appears highlight it and press OK left softkey to connect If the network you want does not appear select Show all networks to open the Configure Wireless Networks screen highlight the network you want and press Connect left softkey NOTE As you continue with this procedure some screens are not displayed and you can skip those steps 7 Gu Tj am 12 20 o Aveilable Av lable Networks po access Only access points verdeo Teetwork adapters 2 Enter the following settings and press Next right softkey Network name mec lo ihe reeret T C Tree arsen nenes Network name Specifies the SSID provided by the system administrator CHAPTER CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Connects to Sets whether this connection connects to the Internet or to Work You may need to select Work to access a corporate intranet This is a hidden network Sets whether the network broadcasts its name Check this box to connect to hidden networks now and in the future This is a device to device ad hoc connection Leave this box unchecked to connect to a Wi Fi access point network
283. otes tab and enter additional text for the task Press OK TIP You can also add a task by selecting the Tasks entry bar at the top of the task list screen entering the task description and pressing Center on the 5 way Select the icons to the left of the bar to set the task as high or low priority TIP You can display your tasks on your Today screen see Selecting which items appear on your Today screen 220 TASKS Checking off a task 1 Highlight the task you want to check off tasks Gu Ta am 12 20 X Pick up dry cleaning Send Dad a card Write meeting adenda 2 Press Complete left softkey Tip You can also mark a task complete by tapping the check box next to the task on the Tasks list DID You KNOW Overdue tasks appear in red Organizing your tasks 1 In the Tasks list press Menu right softkey and select Filter Select which tasks you want to view All Tasks Recently Viewed No Categories Active Tasks Completed Tasks or a specific category such as Business or Personal YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER D Press Menu right softkey and select Sort By Select the sort method Status Priority Subject Start Date or Due Date Deleting a task 1 2 3 Highlight the task you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Task Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Tasks 1 2 Go to the Tasks list
284. oth devices and 175 conserving 23 24 104 299 disposing of 310 handling 340 removing 309 310 replacing 310 311 troubleshooting 312 viewing remaining power for 298 INDEX 658 viewing status of 22 64 battery icons 22 64 battery specifications 349 Battery tab 298 battery technology 334 beaming 24 196 261 265 267 823 birthdays 215 blank screens 313 Block Recognizer option 288 Bluetooth devices See also hands free devices beaming and 266 connecting to 174 177 conserving battery and 24 enabling phone as modem and 179 synchronizing over 94 95 troubleshooting 317 Bluetooth feature turning on or off 24 67 viewing status of 43 64 Bluetooth icon 94 Bluetooth Settings screen 175 177 Bluetooth technology 153 333 bonus software 264 350 bookmarks 158 See also favorites border highlight 31 brightness adjusting 282 browsing files and folders 260 271 Browsing History command 162 browsing the web See web browsing built in applications 264 350 built in camera See camera Burst mode 188 190 button settings Media Player 206 buttons assigning voice commands to 286 associating with applications 285 disabling 290 reassigning 285 286 selecting 29 31 turning sounds on or off for 281 Buttons Settings screen 285 calculations 242 274 Calculator app 274 275 calculator buttons 275 calendar See also Calendar application adding items to 213 214 2198219 displaying 212 hiding items on 216 moving th
285. ou want to enable If an item is highlighted and the Options button is active select Options to choose the features you want enabled for the highlighted item 6 Select Notifications and select the options for how you want to receive voice command notifications Using voice commands IMPORTANT Do not use voice commands in your car until you read the End user notice about this kind of usage see the YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS safety and legal information included in your smartphone package for information 1 Set the Ringer switch at the top of your smartphone to Sound On e 2 Hold your device close to your mouth and press and release the assigned Voice Command button see Setting up voice commands A tone plays and a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen 3 Ina clear voice say the command For example To access Help Say Help After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen Say your answer For example say General to access general Help topics To access your Calendar Say Start Calendar To access your music Say Start Windows Media After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen Say your answer CHAPTER APPLICATION SETTINGS CHAPTER YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS tip You can move quickly through voice commands by stopping the voice command response before it finishes When Voice
286. our computer placing the handheld in a cradle or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your mobile device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground e For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following e Low relative humidity Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Owner s Record The model number regulatory number and serial number are located on a nameplate inside the battery compartment Record the serial number in the space provided below This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your phone in the future
287. our smartphone If you are having trouble see My video and music files won t sync If you need to install Windows Media Player you can download it for free from microsoft com NOTE Windows Media Player 11 is already installed on Windows Vista computers To sync Windows Media Player files with your computer set the Media sync option on your smartphone see Changing which applications sync 1 On your computer open Windows Media Player 2 Optional If you re transferring media files to an expansion card insert an expansion card into your smartphone 3 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable 4 Do one of the following Windows Media Player 10 When the Device Setup Wizard opens on your computer click Automatic Check the WINDOWS MEDIA PLAYER MOBILE Customize the playlists that will be synchronized box Windows Media Player 11 Select the arrow below the Library tab and then select the type of item you want to synchronize pictures music or videos Select the arrow below the Syne tab and then select Treo gt Set Up Sync Check the Syne this device automatically box To sync with an expansion card select the arrow below the Sync tab and then select Storage Card gt Set Up Sync 5 Select the playlists you want to sync On a Windows Vista computer select the All Photos and All Videos playlists to synchronize pictures and videos between your smartphone and your computer
288. ows Vista 1 Press and hold the Side button 2 Press Left 4 or Right gt until the video E or MMS video icon appears in the upperleft corner of the screen 3 Adjust the position of your smartphone until you see the subject you want to record on the screen YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O Optional If the onscreen controls are not displayed press Up A to display the controls and tap the screen to open the Quick Settings Tap any of the following settings repeatedly to toggle among the options for that item CHAPTER Resolution Sets the image quality White balance Specifies the light conditions Brightness Sets the brightness level tip When the Quick Settings are open press Left or Right on the 5 way to adjust the brightness setting If you use the stylus first tap the or icon to specify whether you want to increase or decrease the brightness setting Storage Specifies whether to save the video to your smartphone or to an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone The expansion card option appears only if you have an expansion card inserted into your smartphone CAMERA YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC 5 u E a E Delete the vid I cn e the video o tip You can set additional options for the ul oe camera see Customizing your Camera E Send the video as an attachment settings to a multimedia or email message View the video in Windows Media
289. phone is on and a mobile broadband data connection is active You can still make or answer calls When you make or answer a call the data transmission is automatically interrupted Your phone is on and is connected to a mobile broadband network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make and answer calls 4 tx YOUR PHONE You are in an area that supports 1xRTT data services The 1xRTT single carrier 1x radio transmission technology wireless technology can provide fast data transfer and Internet access with average speeds of 60 to 80Kbps and bursts up to 144Kbps Your phone is on and an 1xRTT data connection is active When you make or receive a call the data transmission is automatically interrupted Your phone is on and is connected to a 1xRTT network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make and answer calls CHAPTER WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Using a phone headset You can connect a phone headset for hands free operation You can use either the headset that came with your smartphone or a compatible third party headset IMPORTANT If driving while using a smartphone is permitted in your area we recommend using a headset or hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or ri
290. ple you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary suspend phone conversations which have the potential to divert your attention from the road 8 Use your smartphone to call for help Your smartphone is one of the greatest tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations with your smartphone at your side help is only three numbers away Dial your national emergency number in the case of fire traffic accident road hazard or medical emergencies Remember your national emergency number is a free call on your smartphone 9 Use your smartphone to help others in emergencies If you see an auto accident crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger call your national emergency number as you would want others to do for you 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non emergency assistance number when necessary Certain situations you encounter while driving may require attention but are not urgent enough to merit a call to your national emergency number But you can still use your smartphone to lend a hand If you see a broken down vehicle posing no serious hazard a broken traffic signal a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen call roadside assistance or other special non emergency wireless number End user notice Microsoft Voice Command Version 1 6 for Windows Mobile NOTE The Voice Command application is not
291. preferences 277 See also customizing preinstalled applications 264 350 presentation playback options 238 239 presentations 238 See also PowerPoint Mobile Preview Mode camera 329 previewing pictures 329 ringtones 71 sounds 282 text messages 135 prioritizing email 112 tasks 220 text messages 140 private events 216 processor 349 Program Buttons tab 286 Program Files folder 271 programs See applications software Prompt if device unused for option 292 protected spreadsheets 240 protecting information 290 292 Treo device 290 proxy servers 302 punctuation marks 37 push technology 89 Q Quick Menu 40 42 43 Quick Tour 13 43 QuickTime Player 199 R radio 48 349 RAS connections 301 reassigning buttons 285 286 Receiving Data message 267 recent calls list 59 60 63 rechargeable battery See battery recording sounds 138 281 videos 191 192 voice notes 222 225 289 recording toolbar 223 374 INDEX recurring appointments See repeating appointments recycling 2 redialing phone 51 redirector websites 328 refreshing web pages 157 328 Region tab 284 regional settings 283 294 Regional Settings icon 283 Regional Settings screen 283 registering smartphone 25 regulatory information 337 reinstalling software or applications 307 309 Reject call with text message option 76 reminders creating 214 218 220 221 system alarms and 295 turning on and off 281 viewing 64 remote acce
292. r 4 If you want your password entered z email provider or system administrator to automatically check the Save gather the following info password box If you want to enter Account type POP3 or IMAP your password each time you access T this account do not check this box e Mail server name for receiving mail Your username and password DID YOU KNOW Checking the Save password e Any special security requirements box makes it easier to check your email because you don t have to enter your password each time Leaving the box unchecked keeps your email more secure because no one can download messages Mail server name for sending mail without entering your password e Password security Find out whether it s OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone Press Messaging Select Setup E mail 5 Ifa screen appears with a message notifying you that the setup process has found your account settings go to Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Messaging application Common email providers and continue with step 6 of on Enter the email address that you want to set up and enter your password for this account E mall Setup that procedure E mah ackiressi r If the following screen appears check E the box if you want the setup process to try to get your account settings from the Internet SETTING UP EMAIL Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 6 7 8 E mall S
293. r an extended period of time your smartphone may take up to 20 minutes o turn on after you begin charging it using your AC charger f you spend a lot of time using the camera games media players or other applications keep an eye on the battery icon and charge the battery when necessary The wireless features of your smartphone phone email messaging GPS Web and any other applications that use a Wi Fi connection generally CHARGING THE BATTERY 23 O SETTING UP CHAPTER consume more power than the nonwireless features Calendar Tasks Notes If you don t use the wireless features on your device for a while turn off your wireless services see Turning wireless services on off To quickly turn wireless services phone Bluetooth wireless technology and Wi Fi on and off tap the signal strength Yul icon and then select Comm Manager If you set up an email account in the Messaging application set the interval to automatically download email to every two hours or less frequently see Setting up email Turn off the Wi Fi feature see Turning wireless services on off leave the default option to connect only when the Wi Fi button is pressed or adjust Power Save Mode to maximize the battery see Customizing Wi Fi settings Turn off the Bluetooth feature if you re not using it see Entering basic Bluetooth settings Turn off the option to receive beamed information if you re not using it
294. r eae ear regs ee 285 Eockmomoursmanphone O oo cco ec cw ovens scene sonnet 290 SVSICTMESCLLING Sie tee ee ary ated art wana arr tera eae rene 294 COMMECHOMESCIIMG Suunececes wy eer tence Spee ee are A ena AA 301 Today screen settings Selecting your Today screen background 1 Press Start Lz and select Settings tip You can also open Settings from your Today screen by pressing Settings right softkey 2 On the Personal tab select Today amp Windows Mobile 6 Windows Mobile Green C Use thes picture as the background 3 On the Appearance tab check the Use this picture as the background box Select Browse 5 Select the picture you want to use 6 Press OK YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Tip To change the color theme for your smartphone select a new theme from the Appearance tab in Today Settings see Changing the system color scheme Selecting which items appear on your Today screen 1 Press Start Lay 2 On the Personal tab select Today 3 3 Select the Items tab and select Settings Quick Tour speed Dial U Messagica Tasks Calender Y Tody snoa ahe v mems 4 Check the boxes next to the items you want to appear on your Today screen and uncheck any items that you do not want to appear CHAPTER TODAY SCREEN SETTINGS 279 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER 5 Optional
295. r files by sorting by type Deleting cells rows and columns 1 Open the workbook containing the elements you want to delete 2 Highlight the area you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Delete Cells 4 Select how you want to remove the elements Shift cells left Deletes the highlighted cells and moves all cells on their right to the left Shift cells up Deletes the highlighted cells and moves all cells below them up EXCEL MOBILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER Entire row Deletes the entire row s in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all rows below up Entire column Deletes the entire column s in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all columns on their right to the left NOTE Excel Mobile adjusts formulas to reflect the new cell locations However a formula that refers to a deleted cell displays the REF error value 5 Select OK tip To delete a workbook go to the workbook list and highlight the workbook you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm tip To delete a worksheet press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets Highlight the worksheet you want to delete and select Delete Select Yes and press OK 3 4 Set any of the following options Template for new workbook Specifies the default template for new workbo
296. r settings 7 Optional Select Visiting and set the info for a location that you visit often 8 Press OK 63 9 If prompted select Yes to accept your changes Synchronizing the date time and time zone with the network By default your smartphone synchronizes the date time and time zone with your wireless service provider s network whenever your phone is on and you are inside a coverage area 1 Press Start 4 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms 3 Select the More tab 294 SYSTEM SETTINGS 4 To disable this option uncheck the Enable local network time box 5 If you want to keep your smartphone date and time set for your selected location uncheck the Use network time zone box Setting system alarms System alarms let you set alarms that are not associated with a task or appointment For example you can use your smartphone as an alarm clock when you travel or set alarms to remind you when it s time to take medication or pick up the kids 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms 3 Select the Alarms tab Clock amp Alarms lt Description gt SMT wrrs 6100 AM O lt Dexription gt a SMtwrers EX uM a lt Description gt 2 sMtwrrs 6 00am Times Altre More Edit i YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS Check a box to turn on that ala
297. r under Information Type open the Tools menu and select Options Make sure the Files box is checked 4 Do either of the following e To copy a file from your computer to your smartphone click Add browse to and highlight the file and then click Open e To delete a file from the Treo My Documents folder on your computer and from your smartphone highlight the file name and click Remove NOTE f you receive an error while synchronizing files make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your smartphone Tip If a Treo My Documents sync folder has been created on your computer you can also synchronize by dragging files into the appropriate subfolder under that folder SYNCHRONIZING YOUR PICTURES VIDEOS AND MUSIC Windows Vista NOTE We strongly recommend using Windows Media Player for synchronizing music files Do the following to synchronize pictures videos and music files that you originally captured on or copied to your smartphone 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable 2 To find synchronized pictures videos and music on your computer go to Start gt Documents gt Documents on lt User gt s Treo Pro This folder has subfolders for My Music My Pictures and My Videos 3 On your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center 4 Select Connect without setting up your device 5 Select Pictures
298. re Check the documentation that came with your computer for information Do one of the following Windows XP On your computer right click the ActiveSync Y icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of the screen and select Connection Settings Windows Vista Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device if necessary and then select Connection settings Check the Allow connections for one of the following box and select Bluetooth On your smartphone press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth a Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box Press Start 4 and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via Bluetooth 04 OTHER WAYS TO SYNCHRONIZE 9 If this is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with this computer See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology for more information on partnerships 10 Select Sync 11 When synchronization has finished press Menu right softkey and select Disconnect Bluetooth Synchronizing over an infrared connection If your computer has an IR infrared port you can synchronize with your computer wirelessly using the IR port on your smartphone BEFORE
299. res are disabled but not removed However password protection is removed You must remove the password protection in Microsoft Office Excel on your computer before opening the file on your smartphone Zoom settings Worksheet specific zoom settings are not retained The zoom setting applies to the entire workbook Worksheet names Names that refer to other workbooks arrays array formulas or intersection ranges are removed from the name list causing those formulas to be resolved as NAME All hidden names are not hidden AutoFilter Settings AutoFilters that cause rows to be hidden are supported Use the Unhide command to display hidden rows Other AutoFilters are removed but you can use the AutoFilter command in Excel Mobile to perform similar functions Chart Formatting All charts are saved as they appear in Excel Mobile Unsupported chart types are changed to one of these supported types Column Bar Line Pie Scatter and Area Background colors gridlines data labels trend lines shadows 3D effects secondary axes and logarithmic scales are turned off The following features aren t supported in Excel Mobile and are removed or modified when you open a workbook on your smartphone e Hidden dialog and macro sheets e VBA modules e Text boxes e Drawing objects and pictures e Lists e Conditional formats and controls e Pivot table data converted to values EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE A
300. res is IMAGE and the prefix for videos is VIDEO NOTE If you save pictures to an expansion card sold separately you cannot select a prefix Pictures saved to a card are always given the IMAGE prefix Counter Resets the file naming counter to 1 Recording Limit video mode only Sets whether there is a maximum size or length for recorded videos Image Properties Adjusts properties such as contrast saturation hue and sharpness for capture images After you select the property you want press Right gt or Left 4 to increase or decrease the value Show Reminder Contacts picture mode only Sets whether an alert appears asking whether you want to assign the captured picture to a contact 5 Press OK E Pictures amp Videos Viewing a picture In addition to viewing the pictures you capture with the built in camera you can view pictures captured on many popular digital cameras or downloaded from the Internet Your smartphone supports the following picture formats e JPG e PNG e BMP e GIF 1 Press Start and select Pictures amp Videos 2 If your pictures are not displayed in Thumbnail View tap the Show list in the upperleft corner select My Documents and then select My Pictures 3 Select the picture you want to view Press OK to return to Thumbnail View 194 PICTURES amp VIDEOS Viewing a video In addition to viewing the videos you capture with
301. right softkey gt View Opens the message in chat view so you can view its full contents and reply to the sender see Using Messaging to chat Menu right softkey gt Dismiss Dismisses the notification and puts the message into your SMS MMS Inbox as unread If you have multiple messages the notification includes the number of messages Viewing a text message To open a text message do one of the following e Press Messaging 3 and select SMS MMS From the Inbox select the message you want to view e From a notification select Reply The message opens in chat view so you can view its full contents and reply to the sender see Using Messaging to chat SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Viewing a multimedia message 1 To open a multimedia message do one of the following e Press Messaging and select SMSWIMS From the Inbox select the message you want to view e From a notification press Menu right softkey and select View The message opens in chat view displaying the sender and subject see Using Messaging to chat Select the message in chat view to view the full message with any inserted images or files With the message open do any of the following Contents Menu Forward the message Press Menu right softkey and select Forward Reply to the message Press Menu right softkey sel
302. rk with your corporate email account or you have a SETTING UP EMAIL YOUR EMAIL O CHAPTER less ee previa n o DID YOU KNOW Checking the Save password up a L account in the Inbox box makes it easier to check your email application Other email providers because you don t have to enter your BEFORE YOU BEGIN Ask your email password each time Leaving the box provider or system administrator for your unchecked keeps your email more secure d d if because no one can download messages account username ana Password MYOU without entering your password don t know them 5 Press Next right softkey 6 If the setup process finds your account settings press Next right softkey 1 Press Messaging 24 2 Select Setup E mail 3 Enter the email address that you want to set up and enter your password for this account If a screen appears displaying an option to try to get email settings automatically from the Internet see Setting up a POP IMAP account in the Inbox application Other email providers and continue with step 5 of that procedure 7 Enter your name and if you want change your account display name to something meaningful For example if this is your work email account you can change the display name to Work or your company s name 4 If you want your password entered automatically check the Save password box If you want to enter your password each tim
303. rm 5 Select Description next to the box you checked and enter a description for the alarm 6 Tap the days of the week you want the alarm to go off You can select multiple days for each alarm 7 Tap the time set the time you want the alarm to go off and press OK i 8 Select the alarm 3 icon and check the boxes to select how you want the alarm to go off You can choose a single sound a repeating sound a flashing light or vibration Tip To change the alarm sound select the alarm sound icon select the Play Sound list and then select the alarm sound you want to use 9 Press OK twice 10 If prompted select Yes to accept your changes CHAPTER SYSTEM SETTINGS YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Managing identity certificates Your smartphone may include preinstalled certificates Certificates are digital documents that are used to authenticate and exchange information on networks Certificates can be issued for a user a device or a service 1 Press Start 45 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Certificates 3 3 Select any of the following tabs Personal Displays certificates that establish your identity when you log in to a secured network such as a corporate network Intermediate Displays certificates issued from a root certificate whose purpose is to then issue personal certificates Root Displays certificates tha
304. rn to Thumbnail Editing a picture For more extensive edits download your picture or video to your computer and edit it in your favorite graphics program Then sync the picture or video back to your smartphone 1 2 Select the picture you want to edit Press Menu right softkey and select Edit Do any of the following e To rotate the picture 90 degrees press Rotate left softkey e To crop the picture press Menu right softkey and select Crop Tap and drag the stylus to highlight the area to crop Tap inside the box to crop the picture To adjust the brightness and contrast levels of the picture press Menu right softkey and select AutoCorrect PICTURES amp VIDEOS O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER e To undo an edit press Menu right softkey and select Undo e To cancel all unsaved edits you made to the picture press Menu right softkey and select Revert to Saved To save your edited picture press Menu right softkey and select Save As Enter a new name for the picture and press OK Deleting a picture or video 1 3 Highlight the picture or video you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Renaming a picture or video 1 Highlight the picture or video you want to rename Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Properties Enter a new name for the picture or video Press
305. rom the search results If the item you want does not appear select More to see more results Setting up Windows Live Mail BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must have an existing Windows Live MSN or Hotmail account to use Windows Live Mail If you do not have an account use the web browser on your smartphone to go to hotmail com and follow the steps you find there to set up an account 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live amp YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES 3 Select Sign in to Windows Live ES NOTE If you are roaming when setting up Windows Live Mail the smartphone will ask you if Windows Live can be used while roaming and inform you that this may incur extra charges The check boxes are enabled by default so if you don t want Windows Live to be enabled while roaming uncheck the boxes and press Done right softkey 4 The first time you sign in to Windows Live press Accept left softkey 5 Enter your Windows Live MSN or Hotmail email address and password Leave the Save password box checked if you want to have your password entered automatically CHAPTER USING WINDOWS LIVE YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER Sign in to Windows Live E mail address 6 hotmail com Password v Save password 6 Press Next left softkey 7 Check the Live Search bar box to have the Live Search bar appear on your Today screen if it doe
306. rough 213 removing items 217 221 setting alarms for 214 218 220 sorting tasks on 221 unavailable slots on 216 viewing appointments on 43 Calendar application adding contacts and 209 customizing 218 219 managing schedules with 213 217 opening 212 sending meeting requests and 129 Calendar icon 212 Calendar settings 218 219 Calendar views 213 218 Call History list 60 Call Status softkey 55 356 INDEX call waiting 58 caller ID applications 330 caller ID blocking 57 caller ID pictures 187 196 209 caller IDs 72 camera capturing videos with 191 192 overview 187 taking pictures 188 191 troubleshooting 329 camera icons 188 camera modes 188 190 Camera Preview Mode 329 camera settings 189 192 194 camera specifications 349 cancelling selections in lists 35 capitalization 36 289 Capitalize first letter of sentence check box 289 Caps Lock icon 36 Caps Lock mode 36 captions 137 138 Capture Settings tab 192 car kits 66 67 69 carrier See service providers cascading menus 33 case sensitive searching 234 248 cell patterns spreadsheets 239 cell references spreadsheets 243 certificates 126 155 296 Certificates icon 296 Certificates screen 296 changing alarm sounds 295 calendar views 213 color themes 279 285 connections 301 contacts 210 211 date and time settings 294 information 248 picture or video resolution 329 sync settings 92 text 234 text size 283 characters See also text capitalizing
307. rs 63 64 Phone screen 55 56 phone settings 70 76 Phone Settings screen 75 phone specifications 349 phone status icons 63 65 Phone Send button 49 53 phone off icon 47 photo albums 195 photos See pictures DU P D ck lists See drop down lists conets 335 cture file types 136 cture formats 189 194 cture Message command 136 140 145 icture mode 190 icture playback settings 198 ctures adding as backgrounds 197 279 adding to notes 252 adding web links to 157 changing resolution for 329 deleting 198 downloading 159 editing 197 organizing 196 previewing 329 renaming 198 sending 137 195 196 storing 188 331 synchronizing 185 187 taking 188 191 329 viewing 194 195 252 ictures amp Videos application 194 199 INDEX 673 Pictures amp Videos icon 194 PIM applications 335 PIMs 322 335 Play Slide Show command 195 Play Sound list 295 Play Sound options 71 playback controls 202 206 playback options 205 Playback screen 205 playing media files 201 202 presentations 238 239 ringtones 71 video clips 199 voice notes 223 253 voicemail messages 54 55 playlists 200 201 203 204 plug ins 155 280 POP email accounts 101 102 109 pop up menus 33 34 port numbers 302 ports See IR port USB ports power accessories 340 Power button 48 Power icon 298 Power Save Mode 24 Power screen 298 PowerPoint files 227 PowerPoint Mobile application 238 239 PowerPoint Mobile icon 238
308. rtphone automatically opens the appropriate application from the link 1 Open a message in the Inbox or another folder 2 Use the 5 way to select the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text 3 For phone numbers confirm or change the number and press Call left softkey If you receive a multimedia message that contains a phone number email address or URL tap the item to open a menu of actions you can perform Adding a contact from a message You can add a contact name phone number or email address to your Contacts list directly from a received message You can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact 1 In an open message or chat session select the name phone number or address of the contact you want to add 2 Select Yes 3 Select lt New Contact gt and press Select left softkey to create a new contact entry for this name or address or select an existing contact to add the name or address to that entry Outlook E mad GY Ty am 12 20 X Seket a Contact A Sab ede fan ijk imn lopa ret uvw xyz lt New Contacd gt 2 Anderson Smits y An JA e Enter or edit the contact information 5 Press Save left softkey 144 SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Sorting your messages You can sort the messages in any folder 1 Go to the Inbox or other folder you want to sort 2 Press Menu right so
309. rtphone or the server or at certain intervals see Setting the synchronization schedule or allow synchronization to take place only when you initiate it manually see Initiating a wireless sync manually Setting the synchronization schedule You can set a synchronization schedule in either of the following situations If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 SP2 By default wireless sync takes place anytime info is updated on either your smartphone or the server using Microsoft Direct Push To save battery life however you can set 22 SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION synchronization to take place at intervals that you specify If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 that is not upgraded to Service Pack 2 By default wireless sync does not take place automatically Set a synchronization schedule to have the sync take place either anytime info is updated on your smartphone or the server or at certain intervals 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Schedule Activesync GO Ty ama 12 20 ok Use above settings when roaming Y Sendirecene when 1 click Send Adjust peak times to fit your schedule E 4 Set any of the following options Peak times Sets the frequency for high traffic time periods such as when SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION you are at work or when email volum
310. rvice provider s EVDO or 1X coverage area A Wi Fi connection may provide faster throughput than an EVDO or 1X data connection e You want to maintain a web connection while talking on the phone Are there different types of Wi Fi networks There are two types of Wi Fi networks Open networks These networks broadcast their name SSID and do not require you to enter a password or other settings To learn how to connect to an open network see Connecting to an open network Secure networks These networks may broadcast their name but at the very least they require you to enter a password that you get from an administrator who may be for example the librarian or the person behind the counter at the coffee shop You may also have to get other network settings from the system administrator To learn how to connect to a secure network see Connecting to a secure network CHAPTER If you ve already set up a connection to a secure network and want to reconnect to it follow the steps in Connecting to an open network Turning the Wi Fi feature on and off BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure your smartphone screen is on see Waking up the screen and turning it off e To turn Wi Fi on press Wi Fi A on the side of your smartphone near the stylus slot e To turn Wi Fi off press and hold Wi Fi A When Wi Fi is on your Today screen displays Wi Fi Available tip By default when your screen t
311. rving battery and 18 384 INDEX ending 170 synchronizing and See wireless synchronization turning on 165 wireless features 299 330 Wireless Modem 180 wireless modems 178 180 wireless service indicator 43 wireless service providers 12 43 57 wireless services 299 wireless synchronization 80 89 94 95 Word application 227 See also documents Word Completion tab 289 word highlight feature 32 Word Mobile application 30 231 237 Word Mobile icon 233 word processing features 232 workbook list 250 workbooks See also Excel Mobile application spreadsheets creating 239 241 deleting 250 displaying 241 242 moving around in 242 naming 249 organizing 249 replacing information in 248 saving 239 241 250 searching 248 setting default template for 250 worksheet names 240 worksheets See also spreadsheets workbooks adding 245 adjusting column and row size for 246 changing order of 245 deleting 250 entering defined names in 246 entering formulas in 243 250 entering functions in 243 filtering data in 247 formatting options for 245 246 inserting cells rows and columns 244 moving between 242 naming 245 removing cells rows and columns 249 renaming 246 WorldMate 163 164 WPA networks 168 Writing mode 224 Y Yahoo email accounts 102 Year View 213 Z ZIP files 261 zoom settings documents 233 PDF files 255 pictures 190 252 presentations 238 smartphone screen 289
312. s 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Wi Fi Prefs gu The Main and Advanced tabs show the status of the Wi Fi feature and display information about an active Wi Fi connection 3 Select the Power Mode tab and set any of the following Power Save Mode Best Performance Last Batory 1 LEE onra pa le arr baston press C Always ont Attempt a connection arly wrin WF button Ws prend Power Save Mode Adjusts power consumption between maximizing network connection performance and maximizing battery life Connection Sets when the Wi Fi feature is on and when your smartphone attempts to search for networks On button press Leaves the Wi Fi feature off until you press Wi Fi CA to turn it on After you turn the Wi Fi feature on your smartphone searche for available networks If a network to which you previously connected is available your smartphone n 170 CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O a Ww E a lt automatically connects to that Create a new LEAP entry Select New z network A LEAP entry is a security feature that e Always On Leaves the Wi Fi feature protects the WEP key on and your smartphone searches for Modify an existing entry Highlight the available networks whenever the entry and select Modify Enter the new screen is awake If anetwork to which information you previously connected is available NON
313. s Pa Inirered IO Seechina Bluetooth When the name of the receiving device appears select it to begin the transfer A blue icon indicates a Bluetooth connection 266 BEAMING INFORMATION YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS 12 IR Select Infrared Point the IR port on your smartphone directly at the IR port of the receiving device A red icon indicates an IR connection 4 Wait for Done to appear next to the name of the receiving device before you continue using your smartphone tip The regional setting determines the list of characters that can be used when info is beamed between devices If you try to send or receive a character that is not on the list it appears as a question mark see Setting display formats Turning on the option to receive beamed information By default the option to receive beamed information on your smartphone is turned off You need to turn the beam option on before you can receive information being beamed from another device 1 Press Start s and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Beam O 3 Check the Receive all incoming beams box Receiving beamed information 1 Press End O to turn on your screen if it is not already on 2 If you are beaming over an IR connection point the IR port on your smartphone directly at the IR port of the transmitting device 3 When the Receiving Data message appears select Yes
314. s application OneNote Mobile adding 210 220 251 changing 252 creating 222 223 deleting 224 253 370 INDEX renaming 224 253 saving 224 225 sorting 253 viewing 252 Notes application 222 225 Notes icon 222 Notes list 224 Notes tab 293 notification options 282 notification screens See notifications notifications creating events and 71 enabling or disabling 282 receiving information and 127 receiving messages and 140 141 146 receiving phone calls and 58 receiving voicemail 55 sending messages and 134 setting ringtones for 70 setting system sounds for 281 silencing sounds for 280 troubleshooting 317 Now Playing playlist 204 number format settings 284 number sign symbol 284 numbers See also phone numbers entering 36 37 formatting 239 244 pasting into Calculator 275 O Office files 227 229 Office Outlook See Outlook Office Word documents See documents on device components 17 18 on device help 13 OneNote files 227 OneNote Mobile 250 253 online address books 116 VI 122 211 online support 13 25 online travel information 163 onscreen keypad 51 open networks 165 166 opening ActiveSync 87 Adobe Reader 232 alternate characters list 38 application menus 33 34 applications 39 40 269 285 chat view 143 documents 233 email applications 328 email attachments 114 File Explorer 260 Inbox 43 items in folders 261 meeting invitations 130 multimedia messages 141
315. s 261 262 attachments 114 115 email 24 92 113 124 126 files 125 159 images 199 Media Player 81 multimedia messages 141 Palm information and updates 13 pictures 159 ringtones 70 software updates 300 videos 199 down pointing arrows 34 drafts 112 135 drawing 222 driving safety tips 344 drop down lists cancelling selection in 35 closing 35 highlighting items in 29 32 35 scrolling through 30 selecting items in 34 drop down menus 33 E EAP authentication 169 earpiece 332 echo 332 Edit sender s message option 118 editing See changing email adding attachments 112 130 261 adding contacts and 115 209 adding signatures 120 conserving battery and 104 creating 111 112 deleting 119 123 124 127 dialing from 52 displaying unread messages 43 downloading 24 92 113 124 126 forwarding 118 getting attachments 114 116 getting from corporate servers 301 327 internal memory and 331 opening attachments in 114 receiving 99 112 113 replying to 118 122 saving 112 saving passwords for 103 searching 118 259 sending 112 130 157 setting maximum size 128 setting priority 112 setting security options for 125 sorting 119 storing copies of 122 synchronizing 80 113 128 troubleshooting 325 327 email accounts changing display names for 103 106 changing settings for 109 deleting 109 selecting 110 122 setting up 101 109 troubleshooting 325 email addresses adding 111 12
316. s 3 and 4 The rows containing the highlighted area and all rows beneath it move the same number of rows two in this example down Entire column Inserts the same number of new columns as the number 5 of cells you highlighted horizontally in step 2 For example if you selected an area containing two cells horizontally A1 and B1 selecting Entire column inserts two columns so the original columns A and B and their contents are now columns C and D The columns containing the highlighted area and all columns on the right move the same number of columns two in this example to the right Select OK CHAPTER Tip To add a new worksheet press Menu and select Format gt Modify Sheets Select Insert enter a name for the worksheet and press OK To change the order of the worksheets highlight a worksheet you want to move select Move Up or Move Down and press OK Formatting cells 1 2 3 Open the workbook you want to format Highlight the cells you want to format Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Cells EXCEL MOBILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 5 Press OK 69 4 Select any of the following tabs Size Sets the row height and column width Number Sets the type of information the cells contain Align Sets whether text wraps within the highlighted cells and sets horizontal and vertical alignment position Font Sets the typeface
317. s are not accessible with he included software You may want to use a third party solution instead If you re trying to sync offline be sure o set your Microsoft Office Outlook Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline For music files update the library in Windows Media Player Mobile see Working with libraries For pictures and videos see Synchronizing your pictures videos and music for information on the location of synchronized items For Office Mobile files see Where are the changes made to my file for information on the location of synchronized files If you re still having problems try the following Make sure you re synchronizing with the intended desktop personal information manager PIM The desktop sync software lets you synchronize with Microsoft Office Outlook for Windows If you use a different PIM you need to install third party software to synchronize For more information consult the company that makes the PIM Open the desktop sync software on your computer and make sure the Files synchronization option is selected see Changing which applications sync Uninstall the desktop sync software reboot your computer and then repeat the installation process see Reinstalling the desktop software 622 SYNCHRONIZATION Synchronization starts but doesn t finish Make sure that you installed the desktop software that came with your smartphone
318. s list highlight the contact you want to send Press Menu right softkey and select one of the following options Beam a contact to a nearby device Select Send Contact gt Beam and then select the receiving device Send a multimedia message containing the contact information Select Send as vCard Address the multimedia message and press Send left softkey Tip You can also send a message to the highlighted contact Press Menu right softkey and select Send video message by mobile or Send picture message by mobile These options appear only if the contact you select has a mobile telephone number associated with it Calendar Displaying your calendar 1 Press Calendar 2 Press Menu right softkey and select View 212 CALENDAR 3 Select one of the following views Agenda Shows your daily schedule in list format Upcoming appointments are bold past appointments are dimmed Agenda View displays a horizontal time strip at the top to show at a glance when you have an appointment Day Shows your daily schedule in day planner format Week Shows your schedule for an entire week DID YOU KNOW If your schedule contains a conflict two appointments that overlap you can see the conflict in both Day View and Week View Month Shows your schedule for a whole month P A morning appointment A An afternoon appointment Ml Both morning and afternoon appointments C An all day ev
319. s on an expansion card After you insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot you can open any of the applications stored on the expansion card Tip To run an application on an expansion card your smartphone must have enough free space in the internal memory to run the application 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start and select Programs 3 Select File Explorer amp 4 Tap the Show list in the upper left corner and select Storage Card USING EXPANSION CARDS 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 3 6 08 Menu Show list 5 Select the application you want to open Saving files to an expansion card You can save space on your smartphone by saving files to an expansion card For example when you create new Word Mobile documents notes Excel Mobile workbooks pictures videos and audio files you can save them directly to an expansion card Saving files to an expansion card also makes it easy to share those files with others Some applications may not support this feature 1 Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Open the application from which you want to save the info 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options or Tools gt Options 4 Select the option for where to save info and then select Storage Card The option name changes depending on the application you are in tip
320. s tab in Bluetooth Settings 4 Select your headset name from the list e Your Bluetooth device is charged and 5 In Partnership Settings make sure the turned on Hands Free box is checked e Your smartphone is within range of the 6 Select Save hands free device Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters in optimum environmental conditions which include 8 Press and hold Center O to open the 7 Highlight the headset name the absence of the following obstacles shortcut menu and select Set as radio interference from nearby Hands Free electronic equipment and other factors 9 Test your headset by making or e The Bluetooth Settings screen is closed receiving a call You are away from other devices using f the headset still doesn t work delete the the 2 4 GHz radio frequency such as existing partnership and create a new one cordless phones microwaves and To delete the partnership Wi Fi equipment If this is impossible 1 Press Start and select Settings move the phone closer to the 2 Select the Connections tab and then hands free device select Bluetooth NETWORK CONNECTION 17 D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 3 Highlight the headset device name 4 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and select Delete 5 Create a new partnership see Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology Synchronization Synchronization enables you to back up the information o
321. s up to 30 feet 10 meters in ideal conditions Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors 174 CONNECTING TO DEVICES WITH BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES O When you configure a headset see Connecting to a Bluetooth hands free device the headset is automatically added to your trusted device list Follow the steps in this section to add other devices to your trusted device list such as your computer DID YOU KNOW Check your battery level before establishing a Bluetooth connection If the battery level is low you can t make a Bluetooth connection Entering basic Bluetooth settings 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth 3 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box au Tal B 12 20 ok Bluetooth Y Turion seron _ Make tthe device vette to other devices Ta connect to a device ciek on the Devices tab pedo Devers Mode COM nets Secrecy CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW You can also turn the Bluetooth feature on and off from your Today screen Select your wireless service provider name or Phone off to open Comm Manager select Bluetooth and then press Exit left softkey 4 Check or uncheck the Make the device visible to other devices box Check this box to a
322. s well as the following indicators NOTE Not all wireless service providers support the screen saver feature g One or more missed calls A One or more unread text or multimedia messages TURNING YOUR SMARTPHONE ON OFF Tip You can set how long the screen stays on during a period of inactivity You can also turn off the screen saver feature see Optimizing power settings Making calls Dialing from the Today screen 1 Press End to open your Today screen 2 Using the keyboard enter a phone number NOTE You do not need to press Option to enter numbers or This makes it easy to respond to further dialing instructions When dialing short numbers however the numbers may match the letters of a contact name If this occurs press Option a to avoid starting a contact lookup YOUR PHONE O CHAPTER e EJES SEJE EJAJES JEJE al y TIP If the numbers you are entering match a phone number you have for a contact the contact name is displayed Select the name to dial the associated number see Dialing by contact name for more information 3 Press Phone Send O to dial Tip To move around the screen during a call use the 5 way Dialing with a speed dial BEFORE YOU BEGIN Create some speed dials see Assigning a speed dial to a phone number MAKING CALLS O YOUR PHONE 1 Press End O to open your Today screen CHAPTER 2
323. screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor the speech recognition functions and address any errors Hands Free Capability REGULATORY AND SAFETY INFORMATION All CTIA Certified portable products provide the consumer with a toll free number for the purchase of a compatible hands free device 1 800 881 7256 ESD Safety Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surf
324. select the contact to whom you want to assign a speed dial To view a list of all your speed dials press Phone Send O press Menu right softkey and select Speed Dial What are all those icons You can monitor the status of several items by looking at the icons at the top of your Today screen or your Phone screen You missed an incoming call You have a voicemail message A new multimedia message is being downloaded to your smartphone RBG E amp le Q Yal YOUR PHONE O A multimedia message could not be downloaded CHAPTER You have a new multimedia message You have a new text message NOTE You can turn on a setting to have a notification icon Ez appear when you have a new email message see Selecting Sounds Notifications You have more than one of the conditions listed previously Tap the icon to view the notifications Your phone is on The bars display the signal strength The stronger the signal the more bars that appear If you are outside a coverage area no bars appear Your phone is off A voice call is in progress The speakerphone is on A call is on hold WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER g ek Ci The microphone is muted The screen is locked You are in a roaming coverage area Additional fees may apply for calls or data transmission Your smartphone s Wi Fi feature is turned on but you are not connected to a W
325. should the air bag inflate could propel the smartphone Air bags will inflate with great force and care should be taken to protect within a vehicle that has air bags Do not place a phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area Store the phone safely before driving the vehicle Hearing Aids People with hearing aids or other cochlear implants may experience interfering noises when using wireless devices or when one is nearby The level of interference will depend on the type of hearing device and the distance from the interference source Increasing the separation between them may reduce the interference You may also consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives Small children Do not leave your smartphone and its accessories within the reach of small children or allow them to play with it They could hurt themselves or others or could accidentally damage the smartphone Your smartphone contains small parts with sharp edges that may cause an injury or which could become detached and create a choking hazard Keep the device away from the abdomens of pregnant women and adolescents particularly when using the device hands free To reduce exposure to radiation use your device in good reception areas as indicated by the bars on your phone at least 3 to 4 bars CAUTION Avoid potential hearing loss Prolonged exposure to loud sounds including music is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss
326. sn t already Check the Windows Live services box to have Windows Live Email and Windows Live Messenger appear on your Today screen Show Windows Live on the Today sereen Windows Live services Press Next left softkey Select any of the following h Oocse mona the following options Store Windows mobile phone s corte Y Merge duplicate contacte Y Syre e mail Store Windows Live contacts in your mobile phone s contact list Sets whether you want your Windows Live contacts to appear in Contacts If you do not check this box only your Windows Live email messages are synchronized with your smartphone Merge duplicate contacts Sets whether you want to merge any synchronized Windows Live contact with any duplicate contact that s already in Contacts so that there is only one entry for this contact If you leave the box unchecked two entries appear for any duplicate entry in Contacts 148 USING WINDOWS LIVE Sync e mail Sets whether you want to download your Windows Live Mail messages to your smartphone see Using Windows Live Mail 10 Press Next left softkey Synchronization of Windows Live email and contacts if selected takes place After synchronization has finished your most recently received email message is displayed Using Windows Live Mail BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on
327. softkey and select Take Picture to take a picture with your smartphone s camera or Insert Picture to insert an existing picture Insert an audio recording Press Menu right softkey and select Insert Recording Tap the onscreen controls to create your recording Tap OK to accept the recording and add it to the note When you have finished creating your note press Done left softkey tip While you are composing the note use menu items to undo and redo your last action and to cut copy and paste text After you have completed the note and pressed Done use menu commands to delete or rename the note Viewing or editing an existing note 1 Press Start and select Office Mobile 2 Select OneNote Mobile f7 3 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to open 4 Do any of the following Open a hyperlink Place the cursor anywhere in the link and then press Center O View picture detail Highlight the picture press Center and then press Menu right softkey and select Zoom In To zoom in further press Menu right softkey and select Zoom In again Use the 5 way to view different parts of the picture To zoom out press Menu right softkey and select Zoom Out you can also select Actual Size or Fit to Screen 252 ONENOTE MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Play a voice note Highlight the voice note and press Center 5 Press Done left s
328. softkey to add the name or that you enter in the To cc and bcc fields address to that entry BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Ask your system administrator for the name of the directory service and the look E mail GY Ty am 12 20 Select a Contact entera mane server and whether authentication is gabl ede fon ik imn lopa rst uw xyz required for accessing an online address ee book ea Anderson Srila 18 Smith John e f your company is using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 you must peri Cancel first synchronize with the Exchange server to enable the GAL to find a 5 If you are creating a new contact select contact the contact type and press Select left 1 Press Messaging X softkey A 2 Do one of the following 6 Enter or edit the contact information oY tee wae If the account list is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Options 7 Press Save left softkey Adding an online address book If the message list for a specific account is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Many email servers including servers running Microsoft Exchange Server can verify names with an online address book 116 WORKING WITH EMAIL MESSAGES 3 Select the Address tab 4 Select the address book you want to check for email addresses and then select Add 5 Enter the name of the directory service
329. splays an SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER icon representing your Treo smartphone Double click this icon to display folders containing items you synchronized such as music files pictures and videos Synchronizing using the USB cable After you install the desktop sync software see Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista every time you connect your smartphone to your computer the desktop sync software automatically turns on and checks whether changes you made on the computer or on the smartphone need to be synchronized Synchronizing NOTE If you synchronize more than one device with the same computer each device must have a unique name To create a custom device name for your smartphone press Start 4 and select Settings Select the System tab and then select About Select the Device ID tab and enter a name and a description Plug the USB cable into an available USB port or into a powered USB hub on your computer Connect the USB cable to your smartphone by inserting it into the microUSB connector on the bottom of the smartphone 88 SYNCHRONIZING USING THE USB CABLE 3 Check for synchronization progress Windows XP Look for the animated ActiveSync icon at the top of your smartphone screen and the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar on your computer Windows Vista Look for the animated
330. ss End to access the Today screen if you re on a call because that hangs up the call Instead press Start and select Today Start Go Tyl aw 12 20 Wireless Service Provider Q of Contacts Internet Title bar and status info See What are all those icons Wireless service indicator Shows whether the Bluetooth wireless technology and Wi Fi features are on or off Also displays your wireless service provider name if the phone is on Quick Tour Select to open the Quick Tour which introduces you to many of your smartphone s features MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE CHAPTER Tip You can remove the Quick Tour entry from your Today screen Open the Quick Tour and select Remove Quick Tour Messaging status field Shows the number of unread email text and multimedia messages Email messages are listed by email account Select an account or select SMS MMSS to open the corresponding Inbox Calendar status field Shows upcoming appointments Select this field to open the Calendar application Live search field Enter the web address or keyword you want to find and press Center or Return to view a list of search results data services connection required Running programs icon Tap to open the Quick Menu which shows all open applications so you can quickly switch between or close them tip You can select a picture for your Today screen background and select which items appear in the Tod
331. ss Messaging 2 Do one of the following To delete an account Highlight the account you want press Menu right softkey and then select Delete To edit an account Press Menu right YOUR EMAIL O CHAPTER softkey and then select Options Select the account you want to edit and press Center Q Go through the screens to change the settings you want to edit Deleting a Microsoft Exchange Server account BEFORE YOU BEGIN smartphone is already Be sure that your set up to sync with your PC see Setting up your computer for synchronization If you have not finished the sync setup process you must do so before continuing 1 Connect your smar computer with the phone to your USB cable ActiveSync starts automatically 2 On your computer open the appropriate synchronization soft ware Microsoft Windows XP ActiveSync Microsoft Windows Vista Windows Mobile Device Cen er SETTING UP EMAIL Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 3 Open the settings panel for the Microsoft Exchange account ActiveSync In the Information Type section of the window right click Microsoft Exchange and select Settings If you do not see the Information Type section click Show Details Windows Mobile Device Center Open Mobile Device Settings and click More tip If synchronization is in progress the Settings menu item is inactive Wait until synchronization finishes or click Stop in the
332. ss servers 301 Remote Desktop Mobile 272 274 remote files 273 301 Remove Programs icon 264 Remove Programs list 265 Remove Programs screen 264 removing See also deleting battery 309 310 expansion cards 269 Quick Menu 42 Quick Tour 13 43 renaming documents 237 expansion cards 272 items in folders 261 notes 224 253 pictures or videos 198 workbooks 249 worksheets 246 repeating appointments 215 repeating sounds 71 282 repeating tasks 220 replacing information 248 smartphone battery 310 311 text 234 255 Request message delivery notification option 134 reset button 308 resets 292 308 310 314 caution for 309 resizing keyboard keys 288 resolution camera 329 resolution screen 350 restarting smartphone See resets restoring backups 310 324 information 309 310 sound settings 280 restoring factory defaults 206 reverse type 32 right click menus See shortcut menus Ring tone command 72 Ringer switch 53 280 ringer volume 72 ringtone files 70 136 ringtone managers 330 ringtones assigning to caller IDs 72 assigning to contacts 209 downloading 70 previewing 71 selecting 70 sending 138 roaming 64 93 323 Roaming option 71 rotating pictures 197 198 running programs icon 40 INDEX 678 S safety information 2 338 341 346 Save as Template command 139 Save password option 91 103 105 Save to Contacts prompt 57 Save to Drafts command 112 Save to list 270 saving documents 232 233 235 237
333. ssages and 141 142 sending email from 101 PUTAS T21 sending messages from 133 136 145 starting chat sessions and 143 messaging applications 330 Messaging icon 133 Messaging Options screen 109 messaging services 316 334 microphone 56 64 332 microphone icon 287 microSD cards 268 Microsoft ActiveSync software See ActiveSync desktop software Exchange ActiveSync Microsoft Exchange servers See Exchange servers Microsoft Media Player See Media Player Media Player Mobile crosoft Office Excel 240 See also spreadsheets crosoft Office files 227 229 crosoft Office Outlook See Outlook S35 See Windows Vista Windows XP computers Microsoft Windows Mobile software 262 icrosoft operating systems icrosoft Windows Mobile website 307 Microsoft Word documents See documents issed call option 70 MS messaging 133 334 MS video icon 191 MMS video mode 188 mobile accounts See accounts obile Device component 334 mobile devices 266 307 Mobile Favorites folder 81 mobile features 13 Mobile mode 156 mobile networks 314 mobile phone numbers 209 obile to Market certificates 262 odem tab 301 modems 174 178 180 onth View 213 most recently dialed numbers list 52 moving document files 237 261 files to expansion cards 200 203 270 271 INDEX information 270 pictures or videos 196 text 234 workbooks 249 moving an 29 30 multi line multimedi multimedi multime
334. subject to safety measures designed to protect users and their environment e Always treat your smartphone and its accessories with care and keep it in a clean and dust free place e Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to open flames or lit tobacco products e Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to liquid moisture or high humidity e Do not drop throw or try to bend your smartphone or its accessories e Do not use harsh chemicals cleaning solvents or aerosols to clean the device or its accessories e Do not paint your smartphone or its accessories e Do not attempt to disassemble your smartphone or its accessories only authorized personnel must do so e Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to extreme temperatures minimum 32F and maximum 140F 0 to 60 degrees Celsius e Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products e Do not carry your smartphone in your back pocket as it could break when you sit down Battery Your smartphone includes an internal lithium ion polymer battery Please note that use of certain data applications can result in heavy battery use and may require frequent battery charging Any disposal of the smartphone or battery must comply with laws and regulations pertaining to lithium ion or lithium ion polymer batteries Demagnetization To avoid the risk of demagnetization do not allow electronic devices or magnetic media close to your smartph
335. t 4 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Excel Mobile 33 3 In the workbook list select the workbook you want to view EXCEL MOBILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 4 Press View left softkey and select any of the following Full Screen Shows as much data as possible on the screen To return to the normal view tap Restore in the upperright corner Zoom Sets the magnification level so that you can easily read the worksheet Sheet Lets you switch to a different worksheet DID YOU KNOW You can also switch worksheets by tapping the sheet list at the bottom of the screen Split Divides the window into two scrollable areas To move the split bar tap and drag it To remove the split bar press View left softkey and select Remove Split Freeze Panes Locks rows and columns so that they remain visible while you scroll Highlight the cell at the point at which you want to lock before you select this command To unlock the rows or columns press View left softkey and select Unfreeze Panes Toolbar Indicates whether the toolbar appears onscreen Status Bar Indicates whether the status bar appears onscreen Show Indicates whether headings and scroll bars appear onscreen TIP To jump to a cell or region press Menu and select Edit gt Go To Select Cell reference or name and enter the target cell info or select Current region Select OK Calc
336. t gt Function Referring to a cell or range in a formula 1 Open the workbook where you want to refer to a cell or range in a formula 2 Begin entering a formula in a cell hun he cd vue of arta z in the formula To refer to a range tap and drag the stylus over the cells you want to include in the range SS 3 Navigate to the cell you want to refer to EXCEL MOBILES YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS CHAPTER 4 5 Select the Category list and then select the type of function you want to insert Select the Function list and then select the specific function you want to insert Select OK Entering a sequence automatically 1 Tap and drag with the stylus to highlight both the cells containing the info you want to automate and the adjacent destination cells Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Fill Select the Direction list and then select the direction you want to populate Select the Fill type list and then select Series Select the Series type list and then select the type of series you want If you select Date or Number enter a Step value increment TIP Select Autofill as the series type to quickly fill cells with repetitive data such as numbers or repeated text Autofill takes the content of the first cell in the highlighted row or column and copies it down or across the rest of the selection 6 Select OK Adding cells rows
337. t to create a signature sar Select an account A se satre with this account Use When replying and nando it From my Treo Pro smartphone Check the Use signature with this account box to add this signature to new messages you create with this account Optional Check the Use when replying and forwarding box to add this signature to messages you reply to or forward with this account Highlight the text in the box at the bottom of the screen and enter the signature text you want to use Press OK A YOUR EMAIL O CHAPTER Customizing your email settings When you customize settings for an email account the options you choose apply to that account only 1 Press Messaging 24 2 Doone of the following If the account list is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Options If the message list for a specific account is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS 121 Q YOUR EMAIL CHAPTER 3 On the Accounts tab highlight the account you want and set either of the following options Messaging GY Y y am 12 20 o Option Tap an account to change settings Security Set whether you receive a warning message before you open a URL or file link that is not on your smartphone Display account picker when opening Messaging Set whether a list of your email accou
338. t a time These keys work just like the Page Up and Page Down keys on your computer keyboard tip Can t find the Option key See Using the keyboard Press and hold Option 8 while pressing Left 4 or Right to jump to the top or bottom of the current document or entry tip When you are using applications such as Messaging Internet Explorer Mobile and Word Mobile press and hold Option while pressing Left or Right on the 5 way to automatically go to the top and bottom of a screen When viewing a screen with tabs such as when adding a contact press Down Y to scroll to the tabs and then press Left 4 or Right to move between tabs When inside a text field press Right gt or Left 4 to move to the next character and press Up 4 or Down Y to move between lines When inside a list press and hold Up A or Down Y to rapidly scroll through the list Tap an onscreen scroll arrow 2 Calendar Ever E Eb 10 00 11 00 Conference Cal Lunch with Greg 12 00p 1 00p Team meeting 1 00p 2 00p Menu 1 Scroll arrows 2 Scroll bar with slider 3 Scroll arrows Tap and drag the slider of an onscreen scroll bar 30 NAVIGATING AROUND THE SCREEN Closing screens To accept the information you entered on a screen and to return to the previous screen or to return to the previous screen without making any changes do one of the following e Press OK y e Use the stylus to tap
339. t can do during acall 2 0 0 tenes 55 Working with called numbers 0 000 00 cect eee 59 Assigning a speed dial toa phone number 2000 002 e eee eee 62 CONTENTS What are all those icONS o 63 Using aiphone headset os rara eee gd ede hws aid 66 Customizing phone settingS e e crer errete res eres tee ee 70 Chapter 5 Synchronizing Informal0N s 0hecy 2092s seo edeee re PEE EEA 77 Synchronization overvieW 00 eee ete eee 79 How do l synchronize s s 25 044 se ede eee hace padaka d eae bee 79 What can synchronize 2 eee eee 80 Setting up your computer for synchronization 000000 eee ee eee 83 Synchronizing using the USB cable 000000020 cece cee 88 Setting up wireless synchronization 00000 cece ects 89 Other ways to SynChrONi Ze ss wee ods dee eee dew ees deeds deb eee ce nee eed 94 Changing Which applications SYNC seins gee Gee eae Re een ERS naeh 96 Stopping SVNCHKONIZATION so gchar eee Gide ei de ops bee edi 97 Chester OU crio rr a A 99 SETA UPA coc a and went amaia dara 01 Sending and receiving messag S o ooooococo o 10 Working with email messages ooooooccoccoocr eee 115 Customizing your email settingS 0 00 0 000 cece 21 Working with meeting invitations 0 00000 tee 29 Sending email messages from within another application 130 Chapter 7 Your text and multimedia messages
340. t identify the computers such as servers to which you connect These certificates help prevent unauthorized users from accessing your smartphone and information 4 To view certificate details select the certificate 5 Press OK 63 Tip To delete a certificate highlight the certificate name press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Delete from the shortcut menu Enabling error reporting Error Reporting sends info that helps diagnose application errors for devices running Windows Mobile software When an error is detected a text file is created You can review the file and choose whether you want it delivered to Microsoft Support The information is used by programming groups at Microsoft for quality control and is not used for tracking individual users or installations for any marketing purpose The info that is collected is technical info about the state of your system when the error occurred No documents or any info contained in them are intentionally sent with the report To ensure further security the report is transmitted by means of a secure SYSTEM SETTINGS connection and is kept confidential and anonymous in a limited access database DID YOU KNOW This errorreporting method meets the privacy regulations of the European Union EU as well as the Fair Information Practice Principles of the Federal Trade Commission in the United States To view the Fair Information Practi
341. ter a period of inactivity You can also select the External Power tab to turn off the backlight when your smartphone is connected to an external charging source Turning wireless services on off To quickly turn all wireless services on or off press and hold Power 9 Follow these steps to turn individual wireless features on or off 1 On the Today screen select your wireless service provider name or select Phone off Digital Roam if your wireless service provider name is not displayed YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Phone Ten off caladas rado 2 Select a wireless feature to turn it on or off The current state of the feature ON or OFF appears on a gray background The description of the feature tells you what you can change it to In the illustration Airplane Mode and Wi Fi are off and Phone and Bluetooth are on tip To change the settings for one of the displayed wireless features press Settings right softkey and select the wireless feature you want to change 3 Press OK E You can also turn wireless services on and off by tapping the signal strength Yyj icon at the top of the screen and selecting Comm Manager SYSTEM SETTINGS 13 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS CHAPTER Updating the system software Windows Update for Windows Mobile lets you download security updates and other important updates to the Windows Mobile operating system software on your smartphone
342. teract with a form Press Center to interact with the form and then press Center again to stop interacting with the form Send a link Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Send Link Select the option you want to use to send the link SMS MMS text message Video Message multimedia message Picture Message multimedia message or an email account CHAPTER BROWSING THE WEB 157 O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Creating a favorite Favorites let you bookmark a web page so that you can instantly access it without entering the web address BEFORE YOU BEGIN First create the folders where you want to store your favorites first After you create a favorite you cannot move it to another folder see Organizing your favorites 1 Go to the page you want to mark as a favorite 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Favorites 3 Press Menu right softkey again and select Add Favorite Address LAL es mobile meros com erus ddadl Polar Fescetes y 4 Select Name and enter a description 5 Select Address URL and enter the address of the favorite you are creating 6 Select Folder and then select the folder where you want to create the favorite 7 Select Add Tip To delete a favorite or folder press Menu right softkey and select Favorites Highlight the folder or favorite and then press Menu again Highlight Delete and press
343. ters 37 38 accessing applications 285 menu items 33 34 on device help 13 online support 13 25 remote files 273 301 the Internet 301 316 accessories 344 346 account picker 122 accounts See also email accounts enabling TTY TDD devices and 73 getting help with 13 making calls and 55 58 preventing unauthorized use of 290 296 sending messages and 136 troubleshooting 325 Acrobat Reader See Adobe Reader activating items on screen 32 phone 20 active calls 55 See also phone calls ActiveSync application defined 333 opening 87 synchronizing with 87 troubleshooting 318 ActiveSync desktop software 186 333 ActiveSync icon 87 89 333 Add new device option 68 176 Add new phone number to Contacts option 76 Add Server Source command 90 Add to Personal Address Book command 322 Add to Speed Dial command 62 adding a second call 58 applications 285 appointments 213 215 attachments to email 112 130 261 connections 301 contacts 53 115 144 209 document templates 234 expansion cards 268 files to playlists 204 folders 237 notes 210 220 222 223 251 tasks 219 220 untimed events 214 web favorites 158 159 address books 116 117 127 211 822 Address List Lookup 259 addresses copying 322 creating multimedia messages and 137 INDEX 653 creating text messages and 133 134 entering email 111 123 209 entering web 156 getting 117 123 212 highlighting 32 looking up corporate 259 searching for web
344. that doesn t work connect your smartphone to the USB AC charger see Charging the battery and perform a soft reset again 6 If you are using a third party application make sure that the application supports 320x320 screen resolution 7 If that doesn t work perform a hard reset see Performing a hard reset The screen doesn t respond accurately to taps or activates wrong features 1 Make sure there is no debris trapped under the edges of the screen 2 Press Start 4 and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Screen Bl 4 On the General tab select Align Screen 5 Tap the screen where indicated 6 Press OK E CHAPTER SCREEN 613 D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER Network connection Signal strength is weak 1 If you re standing move about 10 feet 3 meters in any direction 2 If you re in a building move near a window Open any metal blinds 3 If you re in a building move outdoors or to a more open area 4 If you re outdoors move away from 5 If you re in a vehicle move your smartphone so that it s level with a window 6 Try using a hands free Bluetooth headset to see if that improves the signal strength large buildings trees or electrical wires TIP Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play so you know when to expect signal strength issues My smartphone won t connect to the mobile networ
345. the SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES 183 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES CHAPTER email address If a match is found in your Contacts list select the name If the recipient s name is in an online address book you can find the name and add it See Using an online address book If the recipient s name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address Separate addresses with a semicolon Enter a semicolon by pressing Option K e Need to enter an underscore Press Alt a1 and select the character It s the third character in the list To confirm that the addresses you entered are valid press Menu right softkey and select Check Names An alert appears if any names or address you ve entered are not valid Enter your message or press Menu right softkey select My Text and then select a predefined phrase you want to insert TIP To add a new My Text phrase select Edit My Text Messages in the list tip Some symbols can t be used in text messages Invalid characters are automatically replaced by the Messaging application 7 Optional To attach a file to the message press Menu right softkey select Insert and then select the file type you want to insert DID YOU KNOW A vCard is a Contact entry A vCalendar is a Calendar appointment or a task DID YOU KNOW If you attach a file to a text message you can c
346. the built in camera you can view videos captured on many popular digital cameras or streamed from websites Your smartphone supports and streams the following types of video files e MPEG 4 e 3GPP2 e 3GPP e WMV WMA AVI e RTSP Streaming 1 Press Start 4 Videos and select Pictures amp 2 If your pictures are not displayed in Thumbnail View tap the Show list in the upperleft corner select My Documents and then select My Videos 3 Select the video you want to view For more info on viewing videos see Playing media files on your smartphone 4 Press OK View to return to Thumbnail YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O CHAPTER Tip To view pictures or videos in a different folder tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and then select the album you want to view Viewing a slide show 1 Press Start s Videos 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Play Slide Show The slide show plays automatically 3 Press Center to display the slide show toolbar which includes the following options Rotate Play Pause Reverse Forward and Stop the slide show and select Pictures amp Sending a picture or video You can send a picture or video to other picture enabled mobile smartphone devices or to an email address by attaching the picture or video to a message You cannot send copyrighted pictures or videos that appear with a lock ic
347. the image or the average amount of light around the entire image to determine the best exposure value Storage Sets whether to save items to your smartphone or to an expansion card sold separately Select the Advanced tab and set any of the following options Not all options appear in all camera modes Capture Format Sets the format you want for captured still images YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O Shutter Sound Sets whether the camera makes a sound when you press Center O Grid camera mode only Sets whether an onscreen grid appears to help position the subjects of still pictures CHAPTER Keep Backlight Sets whether to turn the backlight on or off when using the camera This overrides your smartphone backlight settings when you are using the camera Review Duration Sets the time length that a captured picture or image is displayed before it is automatically saved and you return to the Camera screen Select No Limit if you don t want a time limit Select No Review if you want captured items to be saved immediately Flicker Adjustment Sets the rate to reduce flicker on the camera screen Record with Audio video and MMS video modes only Sets whether to include audio when recording CAMERA O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Prefix Sets whether to include the date or the date and time as the prefix in the file names of captured items When Default is selected the prefix for pictu
348. ther forecasts world clocks currency clothing size and measurement converters a tip and tax calculator and more BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure to subscribe to data services from your wireless service provider This is necessary for browsing the web e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e If you have access to a Wi Fi network verify that Wi Fi is on and gather any necessary network connection settings see Connecting to a Wi Fi network Downloading the WorldMate application 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select Get WorldMate Pro g 3 Follow the onscreen instructions to download and install the software Using WorldMate 1 2 3 4 CHAPTER Press Start and select Programs Select WorldMate Z Press Next left softkey The first time you open the app press Accept left softkey Enter your email address and then enter it again to confirm it Submit Make up and enter a password of your choice This does not need to be your email account password Press Submit left softkey Select the city nearest to your home city Press Next left softkey GETTING ONLINE TRAVEL INFORMATION AND TOOLS 163 CHAPTER 10 Select any of the WorldMate features Weather Center Flight Center My Itinerary Travel Tools or Converters Menu NOTE For each feature some
349. ther files that appear in the Windows Media Player Mobile library on your smartphone see Windows Media Player Mobile you need Windows Media Player 10 or later on your computer tip If you don t have Windows Media Player installed on your computer you can download it for free from microsoft com If you want to synchronize with a personal information manager PIM other than Microsoft Office Outlook you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s vendor to learn whether software is available for your smartphone CHAPTER WHAT CAN SYNCHRONIZE QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER This table lists the types of info you can synchronize and the methods to use Info type Method Where to learn more Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks Desktop sync software syne with computer or Exchange ActiveSync direct sync with server Setting up your computer for synchronization or Setting up wireless synchronization Outlook Email Desktop sync software or Exchange ActiveSync Setting up your computer for synchronization or Setting up wireless synchronization Word Excel PowerPoint OneNote PDF files Desktop sync software Setting up your computer for synchronization Synchronizing your Microsoft Office files Changing which applications sync Music video and picture files that are in your Windows Media Player Mobile library
350. time you connect them using the USB cable provided you have the current version of the desktop sync software installed on your computer The connection stays in sync mode unless you manually switch it to setup mode For example you may be using sync mode but decide you want to install sync software on another computer so you need to switch to setup mode After you finish working in setup mode and initiate a sync the connection automatically switches back to sync mode 1 On your smartphone press Start Lay and select Programs Select PC Setup W Select Set up my PC Press OK Connect your smartphone to your computer to run Setup oa fF WN Using the desktop sync software After you install the desktop sync software synchronization happens by default anytime you connect your smartphone to your computer as described in SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION Synchronizing using the USB cable You can also open the desktop sync software window on your computer to perform the following tasks e Install applications from your computer into your smartphone see Installing applications from your computer or onto an expansion card inserted into the expansion card slot on your smartphone see Installing applications onto an expansion card e Change which applications synchronize e In ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer enter the settings to synchroniz
351. to be in a compressed format such as ZIP If the file is compressed you need to decompress the file before you install the application on your smartphone You can decompress the file on your smartphone in File Explorer or on your computer using a decompression utility such as WinZip tip You can also send the file to yourself as an email attachment and then open the attachment on your smartphone to automatically decompress the file see Opening attachments CHAPTER INSTALLING APPLICATIONS 12 YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS CHAPTER The following instructions tell you how to install basic files onto your smartphone Some software uses an installer or wizard to guide you through the process For details consult the documentation that came with the software TIP If an application does not have a Microsoft Mobile to Market certificate you see a message indicating that the application is untrusted If this occurs you can indicate whether you want to continue the installation Installing third party applications When installing third party applications note the following e Install only apps that are designed for Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Apps designed for other versions of Microsoft Windows Mobile may not be compatible with your smartphone e Ifyou can try a free or trial version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly
352. tphone screen YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC O Optional If the onscreen controls are not displayed press Up to display CHAPTER the controls and tap the screen with the stylus to open the Quick Settings Tap any of the following settings repeatedly to toggle among the options for that item Resolution Sets the image quality White balance Specifies the light conditions Brightness Sets the brightness level tip When the Quick Settings are open press Left or Right on the 5 way to adjust the brightness setting If you use the stylus tap the or icon to increase or decrease the brightness setting CAMERA 189 O YOUR PHOTOS VIDEOS AND MUSIC CHAPTER Storage Specifies whether to save the picture to your smartphone or to an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone The expansion card option appears only if you have an expansion card inserted into your smartphone Self timer Lets you set a self timer with a delay of 2 seconds or 10 seconds tip You can set additional options for the camera see Customizing your Camera settings 4 Optional In all modes except picture mode with the controls displayed press Up A or Down Y to change the zoom level The zoom indicator appears on the left side of the screen Do the following for the mode you are using Picture or Contacts picture Press Center to capture the picture or start the self timer Panor
353. treo pro by palm smartphone User Guide Intellectual property notices 2008 Palm Inc All rights reserved Trademark copyright patent and other intellectual property notices are set forth within the safety and legal information included in your smartphone package This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary All rights reserved Disclaimer and limitation of liability Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss This product is protected by one or more of the following United States patents 7 007 239 6 976 226 6 975 304 6 965 375 6 961 567 6 961 029 6 957 397 6 952 571 6 950 988 6 947 975 6 947 017 6 943 667 6 940 490 6 924 752 6 907 233 6 906 701 6 906 741 6 901 276 6 850 780 6 845 408 6 842 628 6 842 335 6 831 662 6 819 552 6 804 699 6 795 710 6 788
354. ts Tip For additional information on features supported by Internet Explorer Mobile visit microsoft com DID YOU KNOW The Security certificates and 128 bit SSL strong encryption enable you to browse secure sites such as online shopping banking and email Remember that some secure sites also require a specific browser and may not work with Internet Explorer Mobile Ask the organization for an alternate web address URL that is compatible with Internet Explorer Mobile BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following e Be sure to subscribe to data services from your wireless service provider This is necessary for browsing the web Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning your phone on e If you have access to a Wi Fi network verify that Wi Fi is on and gather any necessary network connection settings see Connecting to a Wi Fi network Viewing a web page By default Internet Explorer Mobile scales web page content to fit your smartphone screen so that you can view most of the information without scrolling left or right This is referred to as Mobile Mode If you want to view the website as you would on a desktop computer screen you can change to Desktop Mode see Customizing your Internet Explorer Mobile settings DID YOU KNOW You can also start a web search from your Today screen by selecting the Live search field entering the item you want to find and pressing Cent
355. ts list Press Menu right softkey and select Options Set any of the following options Show alphabetical index Displays the alphabet at the top of the Contacts list You can use this index to find a contact Show contact names only Enables you to fit more names on the Contacts list by hiding everything but the contact s name Area code Specifies the default area code for new contact entries Press OK Finding a contact in an online address book In addition to having contacts on your device you can also access contact information from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL CONTACTS En D YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER CHAPTER BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do the following Make sure you are accessing Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 Add access to the online address book to your smartphone See Adding an online address book After adding the online address book you must synchronize with the Exchange server in order for the Company Directory option to appear Go to your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey Press Menu right softkey select Company Directory enter the name of the contact and select Search Sending a contact Your smartphone provides multiple options for sending a contact s information to someone else 1 2 Go to your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey In the Contact
356. ture Message Receiving text messages 4 Select Custom to create your own When your phone is on and you are in a message or select a template wireless coverage area you automatically 5 Press Menu right softkey and select BLSNO NEW Text messages Options gt Send Options When a new message notification appears select one of the following options New Text Message Menu tobvory report Z Read report Reply left softkey Opens the message in chat view so you can view its full contents and reply to the sender see Using Messaging to chat 140 SENDING AND RECEIVING TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Menu right softkey gt Delete Deletes the new message Menu right softkey gt Call sender Dials the sender s phone number Menu right softkey gt Save as read Puts the message in your SMS MMS Inbox as read Menu right softkey gt Dismiss Dismisses the notification and puts the message in your SMS MMS Inbox as unread If you have multiple messages the notification includes the number of messages Receiving multimedia messages You can set your smartphone to automatically download new multimedia messages or to notify you that messages are ready to download When a new message notification appears select one of the following options No subject From 4085557592 YOUR TEXT AND MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Hide left softkey Dismisses the notification CHAPTER Menu
357. u right softkey and select Details Changing display options You can change the display size the scroll option and more 1 Press Tools left softkey select View and then select any of the following Rotate Right Left Rotates the page in the selected direction Single Page Displays the pages so that when you use Up 4 or Down Y to scroll the file the display jumps a page ata time Continuous Displays the pages so that when you use Up 4 or Down Y to scroll the file the display scrolls continuously up or down without jumping 2 Press Tools left softkey select Zoom CHAPTER and then select one of the following options In Increases the file display size to enlarge font and image size Out Decreases the file display size to fit more of the file on the screen To Specifies a specific zoom level for the display Fit screen Sizes the display so an entire page fits on the screen from top to bottom Fit width Sizes the display so that the width of the page fills the display from side to side Finding text in a file 1 With the file open press Tools left softkey and select Find gt Text Enter the text you want to find Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in the text you entered Optional Check the Whole word box to find only full words that match the text you entered ADOBE READER LE 258 YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AN
358. u can wake up the screen to use just the organizer features of your device Calendar Contacts Tasks Notes and so on without turning on the phone Also when the screen is turned off the phone can be on and ready for you to receive phone calls or messages Turning your phone on When you turn on your phone it connects to a mobile network so that you can make and receive phone calls and use other YOUR PHONE O wireless services if supported by the local network CHAPTER BEFORE YOU BEGIN To use the phone you must have an active subscription with your wireless service provider To turn on your phone press and hold Power When your smartphone locates a signal your wireless service provider s name appears in the upperleft of the screen and the signal strength Tul icon appears at the top of the screen When you are inside a coverage area the signal strength Tull icon has bars in it If you re outside a coverage area no bars appear in the signal strength icon Turning your phone off Press and hold Power When your phone is off the phone off Yx icon appears at the top of the screen and Phone off appears in the upper left of the screen Your phone is not connected to any mobile network Although you can no longer use the phone you can still use TURNING YOUR SMARTPHONE ON OFF O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Microsoft Office Mobile apps and all the organizer features of your smartphone tip When
359. u must press Option or Alt before entering numerals or punctuation Simple PIN A simple PIN must contain at least four characters and includes numerals only You do not need to press Option before entering the PIN numerals 6 Select Password and enter your password 7 Select Confirm and enter the password again 8 Optional Select the Hint tab and enter a hint to help you recall your password 9 Press OK 6 LOCKING YOUR SMARTPHONE AND INFO Tip If you lock your smartphone and use a Simple PIN as the password you can dial an emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Send You do not need to press Option before entering the number However if you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type you must first press Option twice before entering an emergency number in the password field Entering owner information You can enter personal information that you want to associate with your smartphone such as your name company name and phone number You can also set whether you want this information to appear when you turn on your smartphone If you lose your smartphone this feature can help the person who finds it return it to you 1 Press Start s 2 On the Persona Information and select Settings tab select Owner 5 6 YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS On the Identification tab enter any of the information you want to include CHAPTER
360. uard icon 291 keypad 51 eypad softkey 51 keys keyboard 35 285 288 nown Caller option 70 L language settings 112 lanyards 18 eading zeros 284 LED light 22 47 Legacy Pocket Word 232 Letter Recognizer 288 ibraries media 201 203 Library screen 205 ightning bolt 22 Li lon battery See battery inks creating 252 highlighting 31 playing media files and 203 saving 331 selecting 122 157 252 sending 157 troubleshooting 328 list separators 284 lists cancelling selection in 35 closing 35 creating 233 236 251 formatting 236 highlighting items in 29 32 35 scrolling through 30 157 selecting items in 34 Lithium lon battery See battery Live Mail See Windows Live Mail Live Messenger See Windows Live Messenger Live Search 147 ocating contacts 50 210 211 email messages 118 259 information 248 location 294 location specific formats 283 294 Lock icon 156 195 292 INDEX locking smartphone screen 291 smartphone system 292 spreadsheet rows and columns 242 the keyboard 290 291 logging in to corporate networks 296 corporate servers 301 looking up contacts 50 210 211 lookup feature 259 losing connections 317 information 232 309 passwords 292 smartphone 89 293 low coverage areas 314 low light conditions 36 lowercase letters 36 M magnification See zoom settings mail See email mail servers 107 327 Main tab 297 Manage existing connections option 301 302 ana
361. udes features like Global Address List Tasks Over the Air OTA and IP based push updating of Calendar and Messaging SETTING UP WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION QO SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION CHAPTER DID YoU KNOW Because your desktop copy of Outlook also syncs with the server whatever is synchronized to the server from your smartphone also shows up in Outlook on your computer and whatever you enter or change in Outlook on your computer syncs to the server and then shows up on your smartphone BEFORE YOU BEGIN To synchronize wirelessly you need to set up an Exchange server account on your smartphone Work with your system administrator to gather the following info and then follow the steps in this section to set up an account Mail server address and domain name The username and password you use to access your corporate mail server Security connection Does your server use an encrypted SSL connection Security measure Is it OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone Tip If you installed ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer you may have already set up your smartphone to synchronize wirelessly with the server To check press Start select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey If Configure Server appears instead of Add Server Source wireless sync is already set up and you can skip this procedure Press Start 4 and select Programs
362. uding call waiting three way conferencing and call forwarding These features depend on your service plan Contact your wireless service provider for more information When you make or receive a Call info about the call appears on your Phone screen If you move away from the Phone screen press OK until you return there Tip From the Today screen you can also return to the Phone screen by pressing Call Status left softkey WHAT CAN I DO DURING A CALL 55 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER Your phone screen is locked by default during a call but you can still do any of the following by unlocking the screen or navigating with the 5 way Phone Connected 1 Caller s name and or number 2 Current duration of call Use the speakerphone Select Speaker On To turn off the speakerphone select Speaker Off Mute the microphone so you can t be heard Select Mute To unmute the microphone select Unmute Jot down a note about your call Select Note To return to the Phone screen after you have finished writing the note press OK tip When a call lasts longer than 30 seconds the screen dims After two minutes it dims more Press any key except End to light up the screen DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages during a call This is a great way to stay connected with colleagues during a long call Ending a call Do one of the following e Press End O e Press the
363. ugh not displayed all page breaks except a break placed at the end of a document are retained in the document Creating a document 1 Press Start 4 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Word Mobile IZ 3 The first time you open Word Mobile a new document opens Otherwise press New left softkey 4 Enter the text of the document 5 Press OK to save the file When you save a new document it is automatically named after the first several words in the file Opening an existing document 1 Press Start 4 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Word Mobile 3 3 In the document list select the document you want to open Tip To zoom in or out press View left softkey select Zoom and then select the zoom level Creating a document from a template 1 Go to the documents list 2 Tap the Show list in the upperleft corner and select Templates If you don t see Templates in the Show list select More Folders to access this folder 3 Open the template you want to use 4 Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As 5 Select Name and enter a new name for the file 6 Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file 7 Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file 8 Select the Location list and then select whether you want to store the file on CHAPTER WORD MOBILE 233
364. ulating a sum 1 2 5 Press View left softkey and select Toolbar Highlight the cell where you want to insert the sum Tap El Tap and drag the stylus across the cells you want to add Press Return Tip For simple calculations use the Calculator see Calculator EXCEL MOBILE YOUR MICROSOFT OFFICE AND OTHER DOCUMENT TOOLS Entering a formula 4 Finish entering the formula and press 1 Highlight the cell where you want to OK enter the formula CHAPTER tip To refer to a cell from another worksheet in your formula enter the worksheet name followed by an exclamation point and the cell range or name reference 2 Enter an equals sign followed by any values cell references name references operators and functions Examples Example Sheet1 Earnings e B4 25 100 tip To create a 3 D reference in your formula specify two or more sheets in a workbook e Revenue Expenses Use a colon between the first and last 3 Press Return fa worksheet names Example SUM Sheet2 Sheet6 A 2 C 5 tip Use the Alt key to insert an equals sign Tip To insert a symbol place the cursor where Inserting a function you want the symbol Press Menu right 1 Open the workbook where you want to softkey and select Insert gt Symbol insert the function Highlight the symbol you want to insert and select Insert 2 Press Menu right softkey and select ES Inser
365. ur computer for synchronization Make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your smartphone On a Windows XP computer look for the ActiveSync icon at the top of SYNCHRONIZATION D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER your smartphone screen and the ActiveSync amp icon in the taskbar on your computer to make sure ActiveSync desktop software is running on your computer On a Windows Vista computer look for the connection ee icon at the top of your smartphone screen If the correct icons are not displayed do the following Smartphone Press Start 47 select Programs and select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey and select Connections Make sure the Synchronize all PCs using this connection box is checked and that USB is selected from the list Windows XP computer Click Start gt Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Do one of the following Windows XP computer Double click the ActiveSync icon in your taskbar From the File menu select Connection Settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and click Connect Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and
366. urns off the Wi Fi feature turns off to save power Wi Fi does not turn back on automatically when your screen turns back on You can adjust the Wi Fi settings to keep Wi Fi on all the time See Customizing Wi Fi settings for details CONNECTING TO A WI FI NETWORK O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES CHAPTER Connecting to an open network You can connect to an open network orto a secure network for which you have already set up a connection lf you have access to multiple Wi Fi networks you can select the network to which you want to connect NOTE The WEP wired equivalent privacy encryption method is enabled by default and may interfere with your ability to connect to a network that broadcasts its name See Connecting to a secure network to learn how to disable WEP encryption 1 Press Wi Fi A on the side of your smartphone near the stylus slot What happens next depends on the state of Wi Fi before you pressed the button Wi Fi was already on Your smartphone scans for available networks and automatically connects when possible If your smartphone does not automatically connect and the Configure Wireless Networks screen appears highlight the network you want and press Connect left softkey Wi Fi was off A notification appears listing three available networks If the network you want appears highlight it and press OK left softkey to connect If the network you want does not appe
367. uters See computers personal events 216 personal information 292 293 333 personal information managers 322 335 See also PIM applications personalizing device 277 phone See also phone calls phone numbers smartphone activating 20 answering 53 54 58 75 customizing sounds for 71 dialing 49 53 disabling touch sensitive feature for 290 driving and 66 344 getting started with 20 playing music and 53 redialing 51 running applications and 57 selecting ringtones for 70 sending text messages and 56 silencing ringer for 53 turning on or off 24 47 48 53 372 INDEX phone as modem feature 174 178 phone calls See also phone phone numbers adding a second 58 adding notes about 56 60 adjusting volume for 72 345 ending 56 holding 58 making 20 49 53 muting 56 opening Today screen during 43 receiving 53 54 rejecting 76 sending to voicemail 53 58 76 setting up conference 58 59 transferring to hands free devices 69 troubleshooting 332 viewing info about 55 59 60 61 viewing missed 48 viewing status of 63 65 phone headsets See headsets phone number codes 50 51 phone numbers See also phone phone calls adding to contacts 75 assigning to speed dial 62 63 copying and pasting 51 53 160 entering 49 53 getting device 21 getting from address books 117 212 highlighting 32 saving 57 58 selecting 52 phone off indicators 63 64 Phone Off message 47 335 phone on indicato
368. utoFilter In each column twice containing a highlighted cell an arrow appears on the right side of the cell Sorting info in a worksheet nearest the top of the column 1 Highlight the cells you want to sort 3 Tap the arrow to open a list and select a 2 Press Menu right softkey and select filter This hides all rows that do not Tools gt Sort include the selected filter 3 Select the Sort by list and then select 4 Optional Do any of the following the primary sort column Open the other lists and select other 4 Check the Ascending box to sort in filters ascending A Z or 0 9 order Leave the e To display all rows again open the box unchecked to sort in descending Z filter lists and select All A or 9 0 order e To turn off filtering press Menu right 5 Optional Select the Then by lists and softkey and select Tools gt AutoFilter then select second and third level again sorting options 6 Check or uncheck the Exclude header DID YOU KNOW You can also create custom row from sort box to indicate whether filters where you specify comparisons Open you want to sort the header row a filter list and select Custom 7 Select OK Creating a chart Filtering info in a worksheet 1 Open the workbook in which you want 1 Tap and drag the stylus to highlight the to create a chart cells that contain the info you want to 2 Highlight the cells you want to include filter in the chart EXCEL MOBILES YOUR MICROSOFT
369. wnloaded to your smartphone by selecting a larger time interval for automatically downloading messages or a smaller time interval for how many days worth of messages are downloaded 6 Select Advanced Settings and then select any of the following Messaging lev Ya a 12 20 E mall Setup o Advanced Settings Y Sendjrecene when I cick Send C Use mitomane sencineceive schedule when roaming When deleting messages Delete thar off the server YOUR EMAIL O Send receive when click Send Sets whether you can manually send and receive messages in addition to automatically downloading them CHAPTER Use automatic send receive schedule when roaming Sets whether automatic downloading takes place when you are roaming This may result in higher connection charges than downloading while in your home network When deleting messages Sets whether messages should be deleted from the mail server when you delete them on your smartphone or whether messages you delete on your smartphone should remain on the server Press Done left softkey twice Select Download Size Settings CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS 127 CHAPTER YOUR EMAIL 9 Select either of the following Messaging Message format Sets the format for sending and receiving messages If you select HTML messages sent to you as HTML are received with their formatting intact If you select Plain Text all messages are received
370. ws Media E prc E Programs E settings O Hp Press Center to open the highlighted application OPENING AND CLOSING APPLICATIONS 39 CHAPTER MOVING AROUND ON YOUR SMARTPHONE Press Center to open the tip With the Start menu open press the letter ee ae PENR highlighted application underlined in the application s name to open the app For example press H to open Help 4 Optional Press OK to return to DID YOU KNOW You can open apps by pressing Programs and open another application and holding Option and then pressing Phone The current application continues to run Send Start OK Calendar or Messaging in the background You can change which app a button combination opens see Reassigning buttons Switching among open applications 1 Go to your Today screen i licati in P A Opening applications in Programs 2 Tap the running programs E icon in the upperright corner to open the Quick Menu 1 Press Start and select Programs 3 Select the program you want to use y ME Calculator a A zg ee can Contacts File Explorer Get sT 2 Use the 5 way navigator to highlight the application you want to use Internet Tip You can also use the Quick Menu to close applications open Task Manager and check system memory tip In Programs press a letter to jump to the first app that begins with that letter For example press C to jump to Calculator press C agai
371. xt 13 Select Finish to exit the wizard The Connect dialog box opens 14 Select Dial to connect to the Internet Connecting to the Internet with Wireless Modem Whenever you want to connect to the Internet on your computer using your device as a modem you must first start Wireless Modem on your smartphone and WIRELESS MODEM O YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES then connect to your smartphone from your computer CHAPTER 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Select WModem 3 Press Menu right softkey gt Start 4 Do one of the following e On your Windows XP computer select Start gt Settings gt Control Panel Double click Network Connections and then double click the wireless modem connection e On your Windows Vista computer select Start gt Connect to select the name of the dial up connection and select Connect 5 In the Connect window select Dial 6 To end the modem session open WModem on your smartphone and press Menu right softkey gt Stop CHAPTER 9 Your photos videos and music Do you have a wallet bulging with photos of friends family pets and your most recent vacation Are you tired of carrying both your MP3 player and your phone Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm solves both problems You can keep your favorite photos videos too right on your smartphone And there s no need to carry an expensive MP3 player because you can play music o
372. y and select Decline or Tentative You can also use menu items to propose a new time reply to the sender and flag the invitation for follow up tip If you receive an updated meeting invitation you can again choose to accept decline or tentatively accept If you receive a meeting cancellation you don t need to do anything Sending email messages from within another application You can send files such as pictures videos and ringtones as attachments to email messages see Creating and sending an email message You can send certain files as attachments from within the application where the file is created or stored For example if you take a picture with the camera on your smartphone you can select an option to send the picture as an attachment to an email message You can also use this feature with videos and sound files For details see the chapter on the specific application 130 SENDING EMAIL MESSAGES FROM WITHIN ANOTHER APPLICATION 7 Your text and multimedia Messages If you need to get a short message to a friend or a co worker fast send a text message from your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm to their mobile phone or email address If you need more than text to express yourself use multimedia messaging to give your message extra impact by adding a photo video or sound file Benefits e Enjoy quick communication e Share pictures and videos Use text messaging to chat with e Beas
373. y See Beaming information Bluetooth wireless technology Technology that enables devices such as smartphones mobile phones and computers to connect wirelessly to each other so that they can exchange information over short distances For more info visit bluetooth com See Connecting to devices with Bluetooth wireless technology desktop software A Personal Information Manager PIM application for computers such as Microsoft Outlook that helps you manage your personal information and keep it synchronized with your smartphone See Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista TERMS 633 dialog box A set of options and command buttons that is enclosed by a border and that enables you to carry out a specific task EXIF Exchangeable Image File Format A standard for storing interchange information in image files that enables images to be interoperable across multiple devices infrared IR A way of transmitting information using light waves You use the IR port on your smartphone to transfer information between other IR devices within a short radius See Beaming information lithium ion li ion The rechargeable battery technology used in your smartphone See Charging the battery Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Technology that allows your smartphone to synchronize email contacts calendar events and tasks wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 SP2
374. y services for email addresses Messaging Eu Tg am 12 20 ok Option In Contacts get e mal addresses from Ali e mail fields Check names using these address books YOUR EMAIL O Check names using these address books Set which directory services you want to check for email addresses CHAPTER Add Enables you to add directory services to the list of online address books Select the Storage tab and set either of the following options Messaging En Taj sm 12 20 ok Option Man memory 330 46 MB free Storage card 1796 82 MB free Current size of attachments 0 00 MB C When evatabie use this storage card to store attachments Empty deleted tems On connect disconnect gt Accounts Message Address Storage When available use this storage card to store attachments Set whether you want to automatically store email attachments on an expansion card sold separately You must have a card inserted into your smartphone s expansion card slot to select this option CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS 123 Q YOUR EMAIL Empty deleted items Select Immediately to have the Deleted folder emptied anytime you delete a message Select On connect disconnect to have the folder deleted anytime you open or quit the Messaging application Select Manually to manually empty the Deleted folder CHAPTER tip If you choose to manually empty the Deleted folder you de
375. you turn off your phone using the Power button this turns off all radios on your smartphone which include the phone the Bluetooth wireless technology feature and the Wi Fi feature This is sometimes referred to as airplane mode or flight mode To turn off the phone or other wireless radios individually use Comm Manager Select your wireless service provider name on your Today screen or tap the signal strength icon on any screen and select Comm Manager Power 5 If the Today screen is displayed and you are not on a call you can also turn the screen off manually by pressing End O DID YOU KNOW You cannot turn the screen off if you are on a call To turn the screen back on press Power or any of the following buttons on the front of your smartphone Phone Send O Start Calendar Messaging X or End O Waking up the screen and turning it off Wake up the screen and leave the phone turned off when you want to use only the organizer features of your smartphone for example when you re on a plane and want to look at your calendar You can also turn off the screen without turning off the wireless features on your smartphone The screen turns off automatically after a preset period of inactivity You can turn your screen off manually by pressing and holding End O or by pressing When the screen is off but the phone is on a screen saver appears showing the date and time a
376. you want to dial a different number for a displayed contact highlight the contact name and press Left 4 or Right until the code you want appears Press Phone Send O to dial the number associated with the code 4 Press Phone Send O to dial CHAPTER 3 Press Phone Send O to dial Dialing using the onscreen keypad The onscreen keypad is useful when you DID YOU KNOW You can paste numbers need to dial numbers that are expressed as directly into the keypad Copy a number from letters and when you need large numbers another application switch to the keypad h i press Menu right softkey and then select S you can tap with your finger or the FEO REG GO NIMEE stylus 1 Press Phone Send and then press Redialing a recently called number Keypad left softkey To dial the last number you called Press 2 Tap the onscreen keypad to enter the Phone Send O twice number MAKING CALLS 51 O YOUR PHONE CHAPTER To select from your most recently dialed numbers Press Phone Send O highlight the number or contact name you want to call and then press Phone Send to dial mn Ta am 12 20 x os 408 555 1234 Anderson Smilla LS T tip You can manage information about a recently called number in several ways see Working with called numbers Dialing your national emergency number You can dial your national emergency number such as 911 112 or 999 anytime Just wake up the screen and enter the emer
377. your smartphone 5 Navigate to the folder representing the expansion card 6 Copy the application file s into the expansion card folder Installing Java games and applications You can install Java application files called Midlets onto your smartphone either from your computer or from the Internet 1 Press Start 4 and select Programs 2 Select Java B 3 Press Menu right softkey select Install and then select Local to install a file from your computer or Internet After you install the file press Menu right softkey to perform various tasks using the file Removing applications To free up memory on your smartphone you can remove applications that you no longer use You can remove only applications patches and extensions that you install you cannot remove the built in applications that reside in the Read Only Memory ROM portion of your smartphone 1 Press Start amp and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Remove Programs i Programs in storage memory SOT Pocket Controller Total storage memory avakibie IFE 3 Select the application that you want to remove 264 REMOVING APPLICATIONS YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS O e You can attach a picture video or sound file to a multimedia message see CHAPTER DID YOU KNOW Built in applications that cannot be deleted are not listed i
378. your smartphone or on an expansion card sold separately inserted into your smartphone The root 260 FINDING INFORMATION YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS O tip When the items in a folder are displayed you can sort them by name date size or type Select the Sort by list in the upperright corner and then select the sort method DID YOU KNOW The storage card symbol appears next to the names of files that are stored on an expansion card 4 Do any of the following To open an item Select it To quickly delete rename beam or email an item Highlight the item press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select the appropriate command IMPORTANT Do not delete any files that you cannot identify These files may be required for your smartphone to function properly To move a file to another folder Highlight the item press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and select Cut or Copy Open the destination folder press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Paste To highlight multiple items Tap and drag the stylus Installing applications Your smartphone comes with several built in and ready to use applications You can also install third party applications that are compatible with Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional edition devices such as business software games and more Applications you download to your computer are likely
379. ystem per IEEE CTIA 1725 Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard e Promptly dispose of used batteries in accordance with local regulations e Battery usage by children should be supervised e Avoid dropping the phone or battery If the phone or battery is dropped especially on a hard surface and the user suspects damage take it to a service center for inspection e Do not handle a damaged or leaking lithium lon li ion battery as you can be burned e Improper battery use may result in a fire explosion or other hazard Based on DOT rules spare batteries must not be transported in checked luggage on commercial flights Spare batteries can only be transported in carry on luggage For more information http safetravel dot gov whats new batteries html Protecting Your Battery The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery s performance Recently there have been some public reports of wireless phone batteries overheating catching fire or exploding It appears that many if not all of these reports involve counterfeit or inexpensive aftermarket brand batteries with unknown or questionable manufacturing standards Use only manufacturerapproved batteries and accessories found at Carrier Stores or through your device s manufacturer Buying the right batteries and accessories is the best way to ensure they re genuine and safe e In order to avoid da
380. ze If you do a hard reset you may lose info in these applications and you need to reinstall the application on your smartphone after the hard reset Please contact the application vendor to find out if your info is backed up during synchronization DID YOU KNOW When you synchronize after a hard reset the source folder in My Documents changes from Treo My Documents to WM_your name A hard reset can tell you whether a problem stems from your smartphone or from an application installed on it If you do not experience the problem after you perform a hard reset the problem may be related to software you installed See Third party applications for suggestions on diagnosing third party software issues 1 Synchronize your smartphone with your computer so that your smartphone applications and info can be restored by synchronizing again after you perform the hard reset CHAPTER RESETTING YOUR SMARTPHONE D TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 9 Remove the back panel from your smartphone see Removing the back panel Slide the stylus out from its slot If the screen is off press Power to wake up the screen While pressing and holding End O use the tip of the stylus to gently press and release the reset button Continue pressing and holding End O until the Erase all data prompt appears Press Up A to confirm the hard reset Wait for the progress bar on the Treo logo screen to fill before continuing to use your sm
381. ze the download options for each email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP or that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account NOTE To change options for a Microsoft Office Outlook E mail account see Changing email download settings Outlook email accounts 1 Press Messaging 24 2 Doone of the following If the account list is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Options If the message list for a specific account is displayed Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 Select the email account you want and press Center O Tip If you select the account name and nothing happens the Messaging application is currently synchronizing messages for that account Wait until synchronization stops and select the name again 4 Select Send Receive Schedule Messaging Gu Ty am 12 20 Emal Setup o Automatic Send Receive Download messages From the past 3 days B 5 5 Select either of the following Automatic Send Receive Sets the time interval for automatically 129 CUSTOMIZING YOUR EMAIL SETTINGS downloading email from every 5 minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Download messages Sets the number of days worth of email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual retrieval Tip To save memory limit the number of emails that are do

User Guide - Bell Canada

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents